{"title":"Outdoor Storage","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"outdoor-lockable-wooden-storage-shed-garden-tool-storage-cabinet-with-5-shelves","title":"63\" Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet with 5 Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eOur wooden garden sheds are ideal for outdoor storage for items like watering cans, hoses, shovels and planters. This shed can help you save more space and keep your yard tidy. It has 5 shelves on the left side for storing different short tools. The right side is larger and is perfect for some long tools. Keeps all your outdoor gear out of the way and organized without taking up too much space. Meanwhile, the storage shed is made of solid wood. It's durable enough to serve you for a long time. Due to its material, this shed is easy to maintain.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/01_15_19CL.jpg?v=1650677922\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This large tool storage shed provides more storage space for your shovel, watering can, broom and other tools or garden supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/08_12_12CL.jpg?v=1650678193\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Durable Solid Wood Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e the combination of high-quality solid wood fir and waterproof coating, the structure is sturdy and stable, and the service life is extremely long. In addition, the sloping roof made of galvanized sheet prevents the shed from fading or warping due to wind and rain, making it ideal for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_4.jpg?v=1650678433\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Double Door Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This unique garden storage shed can be quickly converted into a double door design after removing the slats in the middle of the door for easy access to your items. A variety of door opening methods to meet your different needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_627_3CL.jpg?v=1650678816\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLockable And Security Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shed with the door can prevent the intrusion of dust or rain, thus keeping tools or other items neat and dry. Also, it has 2 metal latches to lock the door to keep your property safe. Additionally, the non-slip pads on the solid wood legs increase friction and add extra stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/CHAIRLIVING__Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_6.jpg?v=1650678932\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRefined Design For Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shed is well equipped and can handle almost any weather. The roof is made of galvanized sheet material, which can withstand the test of rain and humidity. Its appearance will not fade even under the strongest UV rays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Lockable Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Storage Cabinet with 5 shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/chairliving_Wooden_Outdoor_Lockable_Garden_Tool_Storage_7.jpg?v=1650679555\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"2095\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"2095\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood + galvanized sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Size: 28“x 18“x 63” (L x W x H)\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 40 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each layer: 22 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of bottom layer: 44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor storage shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43262573412598,"sku":"GT4191NA","price":196.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/chairlivingWoodenOutdoorLockableGardenToolStorage_10_700x_0682c5c8-b4de-431a-956c-8cbaa434d920.jpg?v=1683784875"},{"product_id":"8-5x-8-5-ft-outdoor-galvanized-storage-shed-garden-tool-house-with-sliding-door","title":"8.5X 8.5 FT Outdoor Galvanized Storage Shed Garden Tool House with Sliding Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor storage shed is made of color steel sheet and electro-galvanized sheet, which is corrosion resistant. It is equipped with two sliding doors and four high-mounted ventilation windows for safety and adequate ventilation. Therefore, items stored in this well-designed storage building can be protected while getting plenty of fresh air. Assembly of the garden shed is very simple. Easy-to-follow instructions, pre-drilled holes, extra parts, and clearly labeled components ensure an easy experience for everyone. It makes outdoor storage convenient, attractive and affordable. Worth buying!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/storgae_cabinet.jpg?v=1655258565\" alt=\"8.5X 8.5 FT Outdoor Galvanized Storage Shed Garden Tool House with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e● \u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and durable material:\u003c\/strong\u003e All storage sheds are made of high quality galvanized steel, which ensures the sturdiness and stability of the frame. And the shed can be placed in outdoor spaces for a long time, with weather resistance and rust resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e● \u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With plenty of storage space inside, the outdoor shed can not only serve as a large storage room for your gardening tools, lawn care equipment and pool supplies, but also it can be a shed for some of your vehicles such as bikes, tricycles and so on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/gt3292ls_3CL.jpg?v=1650682034\" alt=\"8.5X 8.5 FT Outdoor Galvanized Storage Shed Garden Tool House with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e● \u003cstrong\u003eGreat ventilation and easy to open:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with 4 air vents and double sliding doors, which increases the lighting and airflow of the internal shed. And the tools in the shed won't smell bad. In addition, the door is equipped with a handle for easy opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/gt3292ls_6CL.jpg?v=1650682231\" alt=\"8.5X 8.5 FT Outdoor Galvanized Storage Shed Garden Tool House with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e● \u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and sun protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof of this outdoor shed is designed with a sloped shape to prevent rainwater from collecting on the roof. Additionally, the edges of the roof are widened to protect the vents from rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/gt3292ls_5_CL.jpg?v=1650682381\" alt=\"8.5X 8.5 FT Outdoor Galvanized Storage Shed Garden Tool House with Sliding Door\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e● \u003cstrong\u003eWide range of applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e The shed is designed with a simple style which makes it match with other outdoor furniture easily.  Ideal for placing the shed in the garden, yard or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul class=\"introduceList\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"43296\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"43297\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials: color plate and electro galvanized sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 102\"x 101.2\"x 60.6\"( Lx W x H) (8 x 8ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize of door: 36.6\"x 60.6\"(W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease refer to the picture to get more size information\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 8.5*8.5ft garden shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Assembly instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43263254724854,"sku":"GT3292LS+","price":520.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/gt3292ls_CL.jpg?v=1650682973"},{"product_id":"42-outdoor-storage-deck-box-solid-wood-storage-bench","title":"42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade of high-quality eucalyptus wood, this large storage bench has a sturdy frame and high load-bearing capacity. There is enough space for two people to sit together. Designed with a slightly sloping backrest and wide armrests, the bench is comfortable to sit on. In addition, the inner bag is detachable, waterproof, and convenient for flushing. The grooved handle makes it easy to open the lid, perfect for your sundries like blankets, pillows, books, toys, and more. At the same time, the simple look and natural color make this bench a great addition to your outdoor space. It is ideal for placement in your outdoor or indoor spaces such as patios, gardens, balconies and living rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt='42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/hw63890-1_6_CL.jpg?v=1650707106\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurable solid wood frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made of high-quality sturdy eucalyptus, the practical bench has a large load-bearing capacity of up to 705 lbs. And the frame of the workbench is not easy to deform or crack. In addition, the slats are waterproof and carefully polished for a classic style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt='42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/hw63890-1_7_CL.jpg?v=1650707216\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e A spacious compartment under the top cover provides ample storage space for your blankets, pillows, books and anything else you want to keep out of sight.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt='42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/hw63890-1_8_CL.jpg?v=1650707326\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and Removable Lining:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with waterproof and zippered inner pocket, it won't get things wet on the bench even when outdoors. The bag with breathable material is convenient for long-term storage without odor. And with hook and loop closure, the inner pocket is easy to remove for flushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt='42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/hw63890-1_4__3_CL.jpg?v=1650707486\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This storage bench can be used as your seat or provide storage. The seats are big enough for 2 people to sit together. Its elegant style is suitable for a variety of outdoor or indoor locations, such as your patio, backyard, garden, poolside and living room, wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt='42\" Outdoor Storage Deck Box Solid Wood Storage Bench' src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/hw63890-1_5_CL.jpg?v=1650707556\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy To Assemble and Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e All necessary hardware and detailed instructions are included for your quick assembly. You can install it yourself. With a waterproof surface, the wooden bench is easy to clean with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"16686\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"16686\" class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"18351\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"18351\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Eucalyptus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension: 42\" x 23\" x 35.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 700 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 43 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"16686\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"16686\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43266757230838,"sku":"HW63890","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/hw63890-1_6_CL.jpg?v=1657866236"},{"product_id":"8-piece-patio-wicker-furniture-set-outdoor-rattan-conversation-set-with-storage-box","title":"8 Pieces Outdoor Patio Rattan Sectional Conversation Sofa Furniture Set with Storage Box and Cushions","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis outdoor conversation sofa set comes with 1 tempered glass coffee table, 1 storage box, 2 footrests, 2 armless sofas and 2 corner sofas, which can be freely combined to meet your different needs. At the same time, the waterproof cover, all-weather PE rattan, anti-rust steel frame and non-slip feet greatly enhance the durability and stability of this sofa set. In addition, soft cushions and ergonomic backrest provide a comfortable sitting experience. When you're done with outdoor gatherings, this patio sectional sofa set can be converted into a compact size that saves a lot of space and allows for easy storage. Time to redecorate your outdoor space with this 8-piece outdoor furniture set! Don't miss it!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_06.jpg?v=1651140045\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree Combination 8 Piece Furniture Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rearrange your outdoor space to your preference and available locations, this 8-piece outdoor patio furniture set includes 1 tempered glass coffee table, 1 storage box, 2 footrests, 2 armless sofas and 2 corner sofas, allowing you to combine them into different layouts for great flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_05.jpg?v=1651140187\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Sitting Comfort:\u003c\/strong\u003e Each upholstered sofa, armless sofa and corner sofa features soft, thick cushions for optimal comfort. When you put your legs on the footstool, the cushions of the footstool will not slip due to the fixed cords and buttons. In addition, all cushion covers can be removed for easy cleaning. Please note that the back and seat cushions are different sizes for the armless sofa and the corner sofa, please do not mess up. If it rains, put a mat inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_07.jpg?v=1651140096\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike regular outdoor furniture sets, this outdoor conversation sofa set can be stored in a compact size of 93\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H). Therefore, it allows you to save a lot of your outdoor space when not in use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_02.jpg?v=1651140125\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStable and Durable:\u003c\/strong\u003e This patio furniture set comes with a waterproof cover that allows you to cover your patio components after storage, so it can be placed outdoors with confidence. What's more, the weather-resistant PE rattan and rust-resistant steel frame ensure its durability and sturdiness for outdoor use. Additionally, non-slip feet add extra stability while protecting the floor from scratches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_10.jpg?v=1651140146\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Applications and Shipping Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 8-Piece Outdoor Rattan Patio Furniture Set has a contemporary style for garden, patio, poolside, backyard and other outdoor places. The full set of patio furniture set will be shipped in 4 separate packages and may not arrive on the same day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0560\/2426\/8961\/files\/8_Piece_Patio_Wicker_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Rattan_Conversation_Set_with_Storage_Box_09.jpg?v=1651140212\" alt=\"8 Pieces Outdoor Rattan Furniture Set Patio Wicker Sectional Conversation Sofa Set with Storage Box and Cushions\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor of PE rattan: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor of cushions: Navy\/\/Gray\/\/Off White\/Black\/Red\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PE Rattan, steel, tempered glass, polyester, foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of table: 39.5\" x 20\" x 13.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of storage Box: 33.5\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each ottoman: 17.5\" x 17.5\" x 16\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each corner sofa: 29.5\" x 29.5\" x 25.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each armless sofa: 28\" x 27\" x 25\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each ottomans cushion: 17.5\" x 17.5\" x 4\" (L x W x Thickness)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each corner sofas back cushion: 26\" x 14\" x 7\" (L x W x Thickness)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each corner sofa's seat cushion: 25\" x 25\" x 4\" (L x W x Thickness)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each armless sofa's back cushion: 27.5\" x 14\" x 7\" (L x W x Thickness)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of each armless sofa's seat cushion: 27\" x 25\" x 4\" (L x W x Thickness)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension of full storage: 93\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height from the ground for each corner sofa: 16\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height from the ground for each armless sofa: 17.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of table: 23 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of storage Box: 22 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each ottoman: 10 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each corner sofa: 20 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each armless sofa: 18 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of table: 165 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of each ottoman: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of each corner sofa: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity of each armless sofa: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Waterproof cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Corner sofas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Armless sofas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Ottoman cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Back cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Seat cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Navy","offer_id":43772291842294,"sku":"HW68604NY+","price":884.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":43772291875062,"sku":"HW68604GR+","price":884.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Off White","offer_id":43772291907830,"sku":"HW68604WH+","price":884.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":43772291940598,"sku":"HW68604DK+","price":884.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":43772291973366,"sku":"HW68604RE+","price":884.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/8PiecePatioWickerFurnitureSetOutdoorRattanConversationSetwithStorageBox_01.jpg?v=1654155570"},{"product_id":"8-pieces-patio-rattan-furniture-set-outdoor-sectional-conversation-sofa-sets-with-storage-box-and-cushion","title":"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIt’s time to rearrange your outdoor space with this 8-piece outdoor furniture set! With 1 tempered glass coffee table, 1 storage box, 2 ottomans, 2 armless sofas and 2 corner sofas, this outdoor conversation set comes with various layouts for you to explore. Furthermore, the soft cushions and ergonomic backrests bring comfy sitting experience. After finishing the outdoor gathering, you can transform this patio sectional set into compact size, greatly saving your space. Moreover, the waterproof cover, all-weather PE rattan, anti-rust steel frame and non-slip foot pads endow the characteristics of durability and stability for outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/lQLPJxaClWtfw-jNAhbNAxSwjDjE3ZTPkmgC1wO7VABaAA_788_534.png?v=1658219572\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComfortable Sitting Experience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Every ottoman, armless sofa and corner sofa are equipped with soft and thick cushions for optimal comfort. When you place your legs on the footrest, the footrest cushions will not slip off because of fixing cords and buttons. In addition, all cushion covers are removable for easy cleaning. Please note that the dimensions of the back and seat cushions of the armless sofa and corner sofa are different, do not mess them up. Take cushions inside if it rains.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion_ff0bae25-8915-467f-9dea-63a1ead887b2.jpg?v=1658219868\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-saving Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Different from the common outdoor furniture sets, this outdoor conversation set can be stored in a compact size that is 93\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H) in dimension. Therefore, it is able to greatly save your outdoor space when out of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion2_4b84b84a-9673-4174-9286-853e038c1e03.jpg?v=1658219979\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e After storage, there is a waterproof cover that allows you to cover it on the patio sectional set. Therefore, this patio furniture set can be left outside without worry. In addition, the weather resistant PE rattan and rustproof steel frame ensure its durability and firmness when used outdoors. And the anti-slip foot pads add extra stability while protecting the floor from scratching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion3.jpg?v=1658220151\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFree Combination Sofa Set:\u003c\/strong\u003e In order to rearrange your outdoor space based on your preference and available place, this 8-piece outdoor patio furniture set with 1 tempered glass coffee table, 1 storage box, 2 ottomans, 2 armless sofas and 2 corner sofas allows you to combine them into different layouts for great flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion4.jpg?v=1658221143\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShipping Information and Product Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e The full set comes in 4 separate packages, which might not arrive on the same day. Overall dimension of table: 39.5\" x 20\" x 13.5\" (L x W x H), overall dimension of storage box: 33.5\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H), overall dimension of each ottoman: 17.5\" x 17.5\" x 16\" (L x W x H), overall dimension of each corner sofa: 29.5\" x 29.5\" x 25.5\" (L x W x H), overall dimension of each armless sofa: 28\" x 27\" x 25\" (L x W x H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion6.jpg?v=1658221357\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"8 Pieces Patio Rattan Furniture Set Outdoor Sectional Conversation Sofa Sets with Storage Box and Cushion\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/8_Pieces_Patio_Rattan_Furniture_Set_Outdoor_Sectional_Conversation_Sofa_Sets_with_Storage_Box_and_Cushion5.jpg?v=1658221289\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"80425\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"80425\" class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"81490\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"81490\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor of PE rattan: Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor of cushions: Off white\/Navy\/Gray\/Red\/Black\/Turquoise\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: PE rattan, steel, tempered glass, polyester, foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of table: 39.5\" x 20\" x 13.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of storage box: 33.5\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of each ottoman: 17.5\" x 17.5\" x 16\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of each corner sofa: 29.5\" x 29.5\" x 25.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of each armless sofa: 28\" x 27\" x 25\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of each ottoman's cushion: 17.5\" x 17.5\" x 4\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of corner sofa's back cushion: 26\" x 14\" x 7\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of corner sofa's seat cushion: 25\" x 25\" x 4\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of armless sofa's back cushion: 27.5\" x 14\" x 7\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of armless sofa's seat cushion: 27\" x 25\" x 4\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of fully storage: 93\" x 29.5\" x 26\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height from the ground for each corner sofa: 17.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height from the ground for each armless sofa: 16.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of table: 23 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of storage Box: 22 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each ottoman: 10 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each corner sofa: 20 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight of each armless sofa: 18 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of table: 165 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each ottoman: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each corner sofa: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each armless sofa: 350 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"80425\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"80425\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Table\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Waterproof cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Ottomans\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Corner sofas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Armless sofas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Ottoman's cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Back cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Seat cushions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Navy","offer_id":44140951798006,"sku":"HW68605NY+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Off White","offer_id":44140951830774,"sku":"HW68605WH+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":44140951863542,"sku":"HW68605GR+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":44140951896310,"sku":"HW68605RE+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":44140951929078,"sku":"HW68605DK+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Turquoise","offer_id":44140951961846,"sku":"HW68605TU+","price":855.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/8PiecesPatioRattanFurnitureSetOutdoorSectionalConversationSofaSetswithStorageBoxandCushion8.jpg?v=1658222446"},{"product_id":"outdoor-wooden-storage-shed-garden-tool-cabinet-organizer-box-with-double-doors","title":"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you still worried about having no places to store your tools? This outdoor wooden tool cabinet is the ideal storage solution for you! Made of high-quality fir wood, tightly connected by hardware, sturdy and not easy to fall apart. The surface is coated with water-based paint, which can resist severe weather and prolong the service life of the cabinet. The spacious interior is convenient for tools such as kettles, shovels and hoses. More, this storage shed has a simple and beautiful design, making it an ideal decoration for gardens, backyards, patios, and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors.jpg?v=1659670895\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelected Premium Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage shed is made of high-quality fir wood, which is sturdy and durable and has a long service life. The surface water-based paint coating is anti-corrosion and odorless, which can resist bad weather and is suitable for outdoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors1.jpg?v=1659671034\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e All slats are tightly connected by hardware, resulting in a sturdy shell that is not easy to deform and crack. In addition, four widened legs enhance overall stability, ensuring that the locker can stand firmly and not easily shake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors3.jpg?v=1659671305\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlenty Of Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This storage shed has internal dimensions of 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\", giving you plenty of room to store gardening tools, pool supplies and lawn care equipment, and is an ideal storage solution to hide your outdoor accessories Keep Neat and orderly appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors4.jpg?v=1659671390\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvenient Design and Versatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e The double doors of this storage shed are designed with flexible hinges and convenient handles, which are easy to open and close, allowing you to easily access your items. More, this tool cabinet has a clean and beautiful design, making it the perfect addition to your courtyard, patio or deck.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors5.jpg?v=1659671568\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly and Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The package includes all the necessary hardware and detailed instructions, allowing you to easily complete the assembly. At the same time, the smooth surface is convenient for daily cleaning, and the residual dust can be quickly wiped off with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Shed Garden Tool Cabinet Organizer Box with Double Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopifycdn.net\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Wooden_Storage_Shed_Garden_Tool_Cabinet_Organizer_Box_with_Double_Doors7.jpg?v=1659671780\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"125440\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"125440\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 30.5\" x 22\" x 28.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal dimension: 27\" x 18.5\" x 27\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 31 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 440 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":44229723914486,"sku":"GT3744CF","price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/OutdoorWoodenStorageShedGardenToolCabinetOrganizerBoxwithDoubleDoors.jpg?v=1678432454"},{"product_id":"68-cubic-feet-horizontal-storage-shed-for-garbage-cans","title":"6x3FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis affordable storage shed provides a great place for your trash cans, garden crafts, pool supplies and other items. It can be placed anywhere in the backyard or deck where storage is required. This storage shed is made of thick CGCC and SGCC which is weather resistant and waterproof. In addition to its sturdy construction with four ground anchors, it ensures that it is durable and sturdy enough for outdoor use. In addition, high-quality chains can be attached to the trash can lid, and powerful hydraulic pistons provide strong support. The locking door is safe and easy to use. More, with a saddle roof, this shed is not prone to water and snow accumulation. Whether it's windy or rainy, this house will give your tools the best protection!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"6x3FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x3FT_Horizontal_Metal_Storage_Shed_Outdoor_Multi-function_Storage_Cabinet_for_Garden_Yard.jpg?v=1660291391\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: left;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelected Anti-corrosion and Waterproof Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden shed is constructed of galvanized steel, which can effectively prevent corrosion. Also, it is rust and scratch resistant. With a saddle roof design, the shed is durable and free from water and snow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6x3FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x3FT_Horizontal_Metal_Storage_Shed_Outdoor_Multi-function_Storage_Cabinet_for_Garden_Yard1.jpg?v=1660291670\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGive You Enough Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed with large internal storage space can hold 2 large trash bins. Besides, it has a chain for securing the trash can lid, which can be easily opened without getting your hands dirty.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6x3FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x3FT_Horizontal_Metal_Storage_Shed_Outdoor_Multi-function_Storage_Cabinet_for_Garden_Yard4.jpg?v=1660291851\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Materials For Outdoor Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our garden storage shed is made of steel frame construction with additional metal reinforcement. Wind or rain, this storage house will provide the best protection for your tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnique Design For Easy Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e In addition to the chain on the trash can lid, this storage shed is equipped with thoughtful details to make it easy for you to use. Two doors with latches for easy opening, closing and locking. In addition, the high-quality hydraulic piston facilitates opening the lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly Required:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden storage house requires assembly. Note that you need to choose a well-drained, level area for your storage building. Additionally, the panels are pre-cut and pre-drilled for quick assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6x3FT Horizontal Metal Storage Shed Outdoor Multi-function Storage Cabinet for Garden Yard\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x3FT_Horizontal_Metal_Storage_Shed_Outdoor_Multi-function_Storage_Cabinet_for_Garden_Yard11.jpg?v=1660292256\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey + Beige\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color Plate Galvanized Sheet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension: 6 x 3 x 5 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Height: 50\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBottom Size: 68\" x 38\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instuction Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44265464987894,"sku":"GT3420+","price":323.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/6x3FTHorizontalMetalStorageShedOutdoorMulti-functionStorageCabinetforGardenYard5.jpg?v=1684204035"},{"product_id":"105-gallon-outdoor-storage-deck-box-weather-resistant-storage-container-with-lockable-cover","title":"105 Gallon Outdoor Storage Deck Box Weather Resistant Storage Container with Lockable Cover","description":"\u003cp\u003eEnhance your outdoor storage space with our large deck boxes! The 105-gallon capacity is perfect for collecting garden tools, patio accessories, furniture cushions, and more. Huge deck boxes are not only for storage but are sturdy enough to be used as stools or coffee tables. The outdoor storage box is made of durable HDPE material, which is weather resistant and maintenance-free for years of use. A lockable lid with steel support rods adds security against the top being blown up by the wind. The textured style of the wood exterior complements your indoor and outdoor spaces, making it the perfect addition to your home, patio, porch, or poolside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_3599f485-4a9e-4950-a750-d24e6785db55.jpg?v=1661589281\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Durability and Sturdiness:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deck toolbox is made of high-quality HDPE material with excellent heat and cold resistance, suitable for use in all weather while keeping the interior dry. Additional metal support rods provide additional support, effectively preventing the top cover from warping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_1_6d177487-6455-4f91-95a9-adebc5e5c759.jpg?v=1661589469\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The overall dimension of the outdoor storage deck box is 50.5\"L x 25.5\"W x 25.5\"H, ensuring a large storage capacity of 105 gallons, ideal for storing your indoor or outdoor sundries such as furniture pads, garden tools, swimming pool accessories, sports equipment, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_2_830be97c-f3ec-48bc-ba71-86729ad65704.jpg?v=1661589622\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical and Functional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garden storage box is designed with a connecting strap hinge, which is easy to open and close. The recessed handle on the side makes it easy to lift and move. Also, the lockable cover is a great way to protect your belongings from theft. Note: Locks are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_5_e0b14375-7a6a-498f-812a-acfe83d403a9.jpg?v=1661589859\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For Various Scenes:\u003c\/strong\u003e This classic minimalist deck box features a refined, smooth faux wood texture that blends perfectly into a variety of scenarios such as yards, decks, porches, garages, and sheds. Besides, it can also be used as a table or a stool to meet your different usage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_7_a67c568e-e306-4a3f-9e4b-32bff2e67212.jpg?v=1661590000\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy and Fast Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The whole installation is very simple and requires almost no tools. Guided by detailed instructions, you can manually assemble the frame and secure the pre-installed shoulder straps with a screwdriver. By the way, the surface of the deck box is very smooth, so cleaning is very convenient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Portable Rolling Tool Cart 2-Drawer Tool Box Storage Cabinet with Wheels for Garage Warehouse\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_Portable_Rolling_Tool_Cart_2-Drawer_Tool_Box_Storage_Cabinet_with_Wheels_for_Garage_Warehouse_8.jpg?v=1661590120\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"235942\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"235942\" class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"235975\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"235975\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: HDPE, metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 50.5\" x 25.5\" x 25.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension: 48.5\" x 22.5\" x 22.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 43 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_941=\"235942\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_941=\"235942\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_941=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_941=\"1\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage deck box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":44331655659766,"sku":"NP10267","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/ChairlivingPortableRollingToolCart2-DrawerToolBoxStorageCabinetwithWheelsforGarageWarehouse_f8008357-72d7-4357-9033-76eed1d80fd8.jpg?v=1661590658"},{"product_id":"10-x-10-feet-outdoor-garage-tent-enclosed-carport-shed-storage-shelter-car-canopy-with-waterproof-ripstop-cover","title":"10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe storage shed frame is made of heavy-duty steel for durability. Frame rods are bonded with a premium powder-coated finish that resists chipping, peeling, rust, and corrosion. In addition, the entire canopy is attached with sturdy, thickened fittings to make the shelf stable when erected. With a high-quality PE cover, this storage shelter is sure to provide rain, snow, and sun protection for your tools, firewood, and small vehicles, among other items. Door with double zipper for easy access and also removable. Most light poles are connected with snaps for easy installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_10_x_10_Feet_Outdoor_Garage_Tent_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_Storage_Shelter_Car_Canopy_with_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover.webp?v=1663038820\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_10_x_10_Feet_Outdoor_Garage_Tent_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_Storage_Shelter_Car_Canopy_with_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover3.webp?v=1663038840\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_10_x_10_Feet_Outdoor_Garage_Tent_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_Storage_Shelter_Car_Canopy_with_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover5.webp?v=1663038858\" alt=\"Chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Durable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garage carport frame is made of heavy-duty and sturdy metal, which is sturdy and not easily deformed. Support rods and reinforced connectors with a white power coating prevent rust and corrosion. The carport will serve you for a long time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/chairliving_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Shed_Patio_Storage_Shelter_with_Metal_Frame_and_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover_for_Motorcycle_and_ATV_Car.webp?v=1663052410\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof and Windproof Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garage carport is covered with high-quality PE to protect the contents inside from rain, snow, and sun. The cover is secured by multiple ball bungee jumps. With the help of sturdy nails and long ropes, the carport will become more stable after it is erected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/chairliving_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Shed_Patio_Storage_Shelter_with_Metal_Frame_and_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover_for_Motorcycle_and_ATV_Car1.webp?v=1663052499\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable Door for Ventilation Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with a double zipper door, it is convenient to roll up the curtain and fasten it with two buttons from the outside or inside. The door is attached to the frame with Velcro for easy removal and better internal ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_10_x_10_Feet_Outdoor_Garage_Tent_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_Storage_Shelter_Car_Canopy_with_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover.jpg?v=1663039261\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultipurpose Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage shed is waterproof and windproof, ideal for providing good shade for your small car, motorcycle, bike, and some gardening tools. It can even be used as firewood shed. You can place this versatile shed in your garden, backyard, or patio.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving_10_x_10_Feet_Outdoor_Garage_Tent_Enclosed_Carport_Shed_Storage_Shelter_Car_Canopy_with_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover6.webp?v=1663038870\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e During installation, no additional tools are required since most tubes are equipped with snaps. All required accessories and parts are included in the package. It's a good idea to have some helpers to help you when you want to put up your tent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"chairliving 10 x 10 Feet Outdoor Garage Tent Enclosed Carport Shed Storage Shelter Car Canopy with Waterproof Ripstop Cover\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/0chairliving_6_x_8_Feet_Outdoor_Carport_Shed_Patio_Storage_Shelter_with_Metal_Frame_and_Waterproof_Ripstop_Cover_for_Motorcycle_and_ATV_Car.webp?v=1663053122\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-gtm-vis-has-fired-9708547_1273=\"1\" data-gtm-vis-total-visible-time-9708547_1273=\"100\" data-gtm-vis-first-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"531\" data-gtm-vis-recent-on-screen-9708547_1273=\"531\" class=\"introduceList\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel, PE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of carport: 10' x 10' x 8.7' (L x W x H) \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight of product: 67.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"introduceSort\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage include\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10' x 10' carport x 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction x 1\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":44647972438262,"sku":"AW10003","price":265.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/Chairliving10x10FeetOutdoorGarageTentEnclosedCarportShedStorageShelterCarCanopywithWaterproofRipstopCover8.jpg?v=1663040086"},{"product_id":"folding-upright-walker-heavy-duty-stand-up-rollator-walker-with-storage-bag-and-flip-up-brakes","title":"Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis folding rollator walker can help the disabled and the elderly people to walk flexibly. Equipped with an adjustable arm frame and a rotatable handle, this rollator walker can meet all the needs of daily use. Foldable design, lightweight, easy to store and transport. When the user needs to go out, the large storage bag can hold the essentials. The handbrake can slow down, make walking safer, keep walkers still, and sit better. The padded seat provides the user with a comfortable sitting position when he or she is tired. This functional walker is specially designed for people with limited dexterity and mobility！\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes.jpg?v=1665216342\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes4.jpg?v=1665216289\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes3.jpg?v=1665216281\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes01.jpg?v=1665216254\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Frame Ensures High Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The H-shaped aluminum frame provides extra sturdiness and high strength to this rollator walker. Solid metal tubes and crossbeams under the seat can hold up to 300 pounds. 2 hard-wearing flexible front casters allow smooth and safe movement on wet pavement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes_af4fb89a-8325-4103-abb8-ddfd02e6fe01.jpg?v=1665216641\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual Easy-to-Lock Hand Brakes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 lockable rear wheels keep you stationary while walking and sitting. You can pull up on the brakes to slow down or push them down to lock the rollator walker. Bottom tension adjustment lets you choose the perfect tightness during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes7.jpg?v=1665216319\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 Multi-Purpose Rollator Walker:\u003c\/strong\u003e This Folding Rollator Walker is equipped with a padded seat with a reversible design, so you can relax anytime, anywhere. Assistive walkers help the elderly and the injured to walk and exercise flexibly and effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes.webp?v=1665217148\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable Design for Easy Carrying:\u003c\/strong\u003e The mobile rollator walker can be folded with a one-touch button. Also, removing the seat first and interlacing the armrests would be a better way to fold. Lightweight aluminum alloy walker for easy portability and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes01_30bd1522-c678-48fc-9200-5b2c6dfc51b0.jpg?v=1665217416\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For Various Heights and Daily Individual Needs: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis rollator walker comes with 2 adjustable arms and rotating handles to satisfy people of different heights and walking postures. In addition, the detachable carrying bag facilitates daily storage when people go out or shopping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes6.jpg?v=1665216300\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Folding Upright Walker Heavy Duty Stand Up Rollator Walker with Storage Bag and Flip-Up Brakes\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes0.jpg?v=1665216218\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"tab\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv role=\"tabpanel\" class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-8b274a2e=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Red\/Silvery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Aluminum Alloy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 16 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 23\"x 22\"x 47\"-51\" (LxWxH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding Dimension: 27.5\" x 6\" x 46\" (LxWxH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight Capacity: 300 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for Human Height: 4.9' - 5.9'\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Folding Walker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":44509368844534,"sku":"SP37508SL","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Red","offer_id":44509368811766,"sku":"SP37508RE","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/ChairlivingFoldingUprightWalkerHeavyDutyStandUpRollatorWalkerwithStorageBagandFlip-UpBrakes.jpg?v=1665218986"},{"product_id":"flip-top-storage-chest-lift-top-porch-storage-bench-35-5-deck-box-with-safety-hinges-pneumatic-rod","title":"Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith a rustic brown top and white body, this versatile storage bench adds functionality and beauty to your living space. The case has a free-standing lid and spacious interior, making it a breeze to store clutter and find things inside. Meanwhile, the wide top acts as a seat when closed, securely supporting up to 200 lbs. The storage bench is made of high-quality materials, well-crafted, sturdy and durable. And there are anti-collision pads and bottom pads to provide you with a better using experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod.jpg?v=1669273595\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod.jpg6_f5ec0096-3479-427f-88be-725efdf56509.jpg?v=1669273622\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod0.jpg?v=1669273632\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod1.jpg?v=1669273647\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod2.jpg?v=1669273660\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod5.jpg?v=1669273672\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy and Stable Wooden Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e To serve you for a long time, this storage box is made of high-quality engineered board and integrated with durable metal fittings. The workbench is strong enough to hold up to 200 lbs. There are non-slip pads on the bottom for added stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod001.jpg?v=1669273987\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Measuring 35.5\"L x 17.5\"W x 18\"H, this storage organizer provides ample storage space for pillows, tools, shoes, toys, sporting goods, and more. When you close the door, all the clutter can be hidden from your sight, and the room will become neat and clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod02.jpg?v=1669274070\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-holding Lid and Anti-collision Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This storage chest has a flap with safety hinges and pneumatic rods, which can hold itself at a specific angle and keep your hands free. There are also crash pads included in the package, which can be attached to the board to avoid slamming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod04.jpg?v=1669274217\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultifunctional Bench for Multiple Scenes:\u003c\/strong\u003e This multifunctional deck box adds extra seating and storage space to your room, meeting your different needs. You can use it as a shoe bench in your entryway, a glove box in your garage or balcony, a box in your children's room, storage in your living room, or a bed bench in your bedroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod05.jpg?v=1669274303\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy To Assemble and Maintain:\u003c\/strong\u003e Comes with simple instructions and complete parts, and the storage table is easy to assemble. Besides, the wooden surface of the bench is smooth and waterproof, so you can easily wipe off dirt and stains with a damp cloth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Flip-top Storage Chest Lift Top Porch Storage Bench 35.5” Deck Box with Safety Hinges Pneumatic Rod\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod07.jpg?v=1669274454\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-5bb5631c=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Rustic brown\/ White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Particle board, PVC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 35.5\" x 17.5\" x 18\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal size: 32\" x 15.5\" x 16.5\" (L x W x D)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 44.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity: 200 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User‘s manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"White","offer_id":44668728836342,"sku":"JZ10042WH","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/ChairlivingFlip-topStorageChestLiftTopPorchStorageBench35.5_DeckBoxwithSafetyHingesPneumaticRod06.jpg?v=1669275612"},{"product_id":"raised-garden-bed-wood-planter-storage-shelf-elevated-plant-box-with-trellis-for-hanging-tools-climbing-flower-vegetable-herb","title":"Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis raised garden bed with storage and trellis will be a great helper in your daily gardening tasks. This elevated planter box is designed with drawers, underframes, trellises, and planters to meet your every need. The planter box is also equipped with drainage holes for better air circulation and faster drainage to keep plants healthy. Trellises can be used to grow climbing plants or hang garden tools. Made of high-quality fir wood and MDF materials, this freestanding planter is designed for long-lasting use indoors and out. Assembly is easy and instructions are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb.jpg?v=1672811970\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material \u0026amp; Stable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e This planter stand is made of natural and selected fir wood with fine texture and high durability, suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. The stable structure provides strong support for plants and nutritious soil, and the tabletop has a weight capacity of up to 110 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb0.jpg?v=1672812075\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Planter Box with Proper Drainage:\u003c\/strong\u003e This raised garden bed features a spacious planting area measuring 22.5\" x 15\" x 6.5\" (L x W x H), large enough for your plants to thrive. Besides, The bottom of the bottom plant pot is designed with drainage holes, which can prevent plants from being submerged or overwatered, and enhance air circulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb2.jpg?v=1672812180\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space for Various Items:\u003c\/strong\u003e This elevated planter box comes with many storage compartments. You can store bulky, large garden tools and potted plants on the bottom shelf, while storing frequently used tools in the drawer below the tabletop. Besides, use the trellis to hang gardening tools if you want.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb3.jpg?v=1672812273\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGreat Decoration with Trellis Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This raised garden bed with a trellis is perfect for growing climbing plants or hanging decorations, making it an eye-catching addition to your space. Besides, the top shelf is perfect for small potted plants like succulents.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb012.jpg?v=1672812492\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Raised Garden Bed Wood Planter Storage Shelf Elevated Plant Box with Trellis for Hanging Tools Climbing Flower Vegetable Herb\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb5.jpg?v=1672812379\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly and Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e The assembly is easy to follow the instructions. With this elevated planter, you can manage and care for your plants more conveniently and reduce back and waist pain. This freestanding planter is suitable for a variety of places from indoors to outdoors, such as balconies, gardens, conservatories, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-9eb6974a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir wood, MDF\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47\" x 16.5\" x 59.5\"(L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of tabletop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of bottom shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of planter box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44790225076470,"sku":"TH10009","price":235.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/ChairlivingRaisedGardenBedWoodPlanterStorageShelfElevatedPlantBoxwithTrellisforHangingToolsClimbingFlowerVegetableHerb.jpg?v=1683787618"},{"product_id":"outdoor-wooden-storage-cabinet-garden-shed-workstation-with-4-universal-wheels-and-removable-shelf","title":"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis wooden storage cabinet is both stylish and practical, perfect for all storage needs. It works well in any room, whether it is the office, bedroom, basement, entryway, or even the garage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf.jpg?v=1678351251\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMain Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage cabinet has ample storage space and strong load-bearing capacity (110 lbs on the top shelf, 44 lbs on the second shelf, and 88 lbs on the bottom shelf), allowing you to place various items with confidence. More, the second shelf is removable for your storage needs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf1.jpg?v=1678351364\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelected High-Quality Materials:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top board is made of anti-rust galvanized steel, which can withstand the changeable weather outdoors. At the same time, the selected fir wood is waterproof, all-weather, and durable, which ensures that this garden shed can better adapt to the outdoor environment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf3.jpg?v=1678351449\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Movement:\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike other similar garden sheds, this outdoor wooden storage cabinet is equipped with 4 shock-absorbing and wear-resistant universal wheels, allowing you to move easily. 2 lockable wheels keep this outdoor workstation in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf4.jpg?v=1678351536\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsiderate Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raised edges prevent tools from accidentally dropping. The magnetic latch keeps the door closed securely. Flexible hinges ensure noise-free closing. More, this outdoor tool shed is easy to assemble and includes detailed instructions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf7.jpg?v=1678351643\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e In addition to being used as an outdoor storage cabinet for storing tools, gardening supplies, and pool supplies, this multifunctional wooden furniture can also be used as a floor storage cabinet, keeping your home tidy and clean no matter indoors or outdoors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Garden Shed Workstation with 4 Universal Wheels and Removable Shelf \" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf000.jpg?v=1678351712\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-7fb4c862=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir wood, PU, galvanized steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39\" x 19\" x 39\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of top shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of removable shelf     \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight capacity of bottom shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44956649750774,"sku":"GT3905NA","price":196.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/ChairlivingOutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetGardenShedWorkstationwith4UniversalWheelsandRemovableShelf.jpg?v=1682488914"},{"product_id":"outdoor-steel-storage-shed-extension-kit-for-11-2-feet-storage-shed","title":"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed","description":"\u003cp\u003eEffectively expand your outdoor storage shed with this well-matching shed extension kit, meeting your storage needs with less money. Made of premium color-coated steel, all sheets are closely connected with each other, ensuring excellent sturdiness and high protection. What's more, the weather-resistant material is durable enough to be used outdoors for a long time. Effectively create 23.52 sq. ft storage space, this storage shed with an extension kit allows you to store extra garden tools. What's more, you can add up to 2 extensions to the shed for a larger tool room. And this extension kit matches well with this garden storage shed of 11.2 ft width. Following the detailed instruction, you can assemble the shed successfully. In order to create a roomier storage shed in your garden, farm, and backyard, this shed extension kit is an affordable choice!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Effectively Extend Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e In order to extend the storage space of the shed, you can order this matching shed extension kit separately instead of buying a whole outdoor shed. And this extension kit will visibly create 23.52 ft storage space to deposit your extra stuff, offering your ideal storage solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/storageshedextentionkit.jpg?v=1681961210\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weather-Resistant Metal Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium color coated steel sheets are engineered for strength and durability, perfectly withstanding bad weather outdoors for a long time. All sheets are tightly connected by the screws, and the no-interval design with each sheet will protect things safely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed.jpg?v=1681961232\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Cross-Compatibility Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This shed extension kit perfectly matches with the outdoor storage shed of 11.2' width. In this way, you can add up to 2 extensions to the shed, depending on your storage needs. The detailed instructions and extension kit parts are given in one package, so there is no worry about the assembly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed3.jpg?v=1681961258\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Effortless Assembly and Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e No need to disassemble the whole storage shed, you can extend the shed by dismantling the roof and splitting the shed wall in the middle. Please follow the detailed instructions to install the extension kit safely. What's more, the storage shed needs less maintenance for outdoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed4.jpg?v=1681961283\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\" class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\" class=\"key_features\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Wide Application in Various Occasions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSimplistic appearance makes this storage shed well match with various occasions, such as the backyard, patio, farm, and garden. What's more, this practical storage shed is an ideal addition for stuff storage, and you can use it as a garbage chamber, a tool room, and a pet house as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\" class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct dimension: 11.2 ft x 2.1 ft x 5.3 ft (LxWxH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 27lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage shed kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45040719560950,"sku":"GT3733GR-A","price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed01.webp?v=1681973821"},{"product_id":"outdoor-steel-storage-shed-extension-kit-for-7-feet-storage-shed-width","title":"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 7 Feet Storage Shed Width","description":"\u003cp\u003eEffectively expand your outdoor storage shed with this well-matching shed extension kit, meeting your storage needs with less money. Made of premium color coated steel, all sheets are closely connected with each other, ensuring excellent sturdiness and high protection. What’s more, the weather resistant material is durable enough to be used outdoors for a long time. Effectively create 14.7 ft2 storage space, this storage shed with extension kit allows you to store extra garden tools. What's more, you can add up to 2 extensions to the shed for a larger tool room. And this extension kit matches well with this garden storage shed of 7 ft width. Following the detailed instruction, you can assemble the shed successfully. If you want to create a roomier storage shed in your garden, farm and backyard, this shed extension kit is a great choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\" data-mce-style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Effectively Extend Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e In order to extend storage space of the shed, you can order this matching shed extension kit separately instead of buying a whole outdoor shed. And this extension kit will visibly create 14.7 ft2 storage space to deposit your extra stuff, offering your ideal storage solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed00.jpg?v=1681961687\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weather-Resistant Metal Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Premium color coated steel sheets are engineered for strength and durability, perfectly withstanding bad weather outdoors for a long time. All sheets are tightly connected by the screws, and the no-interval design with each sheet will protect things safely.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed06.jpg?v=1681961713\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Cross-Compatibility Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This shed extension kit perfectly matches with the outdoor storage shed of 7' width. In this way, you can add up to 2 extensions to the shed, depending on your storage needs. The detailed instructions and extension kit parts are given in one package, so there is no worry about the assembly.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed07.jpg?v=1681961747\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e●\u003cstrong\u003e Effortless Assembly and Maintenance:\u003c\/strong\u003e No need to disassemble the whole storage shed, you can extend the shed by dismantling the roof and splitting the shed wall in the middle. Please follow the detailed instructions to install the extension kit safely. What's more, the storage shed needs less maintenance for outdoor use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Extension Kit for 11.2 Feet Storage Shed\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed000.jpg?v=1681961775\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"key_features\" data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Wide Application in Various Occasions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSimplistic appearance makes this storage shed well match with various occasions, such as backyard, patio, farm and garden. What's more, this practical storage shed is an ideal addition for stuff storage, and you can use it as a garbage chamber, a tool room and a pet house as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\" data-v-36a0cf5e=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\" data-mce-tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Color coated steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct dimension: 7 ft x 2.1 ft x 5.3 ft (LxWxH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 23lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Storage shed kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"7 Feet","offer_id":45040732864758,"sku":"GT3731GR-A","price":127.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9.1 Feet","offer_id":45040732897526,"sku":"GT3732GR-A","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/OutdoorSteelStorageShedExtensionKitfor11.2FeetStorageShed_e3c1bf15-8610-459b-a33c-ffa1f5e93fbf.jpg?v=1681962177"},{"product_id":"71-inch-garden-wooden-storage-cabinet-outdoor-weatherproof-tool-storage-shed-with-lockable-doors-and-foldable-table","title":"71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table","description":"\u003cp\u003eWith its compact design and elegant look, this wooden storage cabinet is perfect for any outdoor space. A high-quality tool shed provides ample space for storing a variety of tools and equipment. Thanks to the solid wood frame, the storage cabinet is easy to clean, hard-wearing, and suitable for everyday use. Two built-in shelves help keep small items organized. The waterproof polyester roof and waterproof paint finish also protect your belongings from moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable.jpg?v=1682327602\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable Structure \u0026amp; Lockable Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e The doors are connected to the wooden frame by anti-rust stainless steel hinges, ensuring long-term outdoor use. The garden shed can be firmly fixed on the ground with 4 metal brackets for good stability. More, it comes with a convenient wooden latch to lock the door for security.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable6.jpg?v=1682327937\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeather Resistant Solid Wood Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The raised garden shed is made of selected fir wood, which has high hardness and deformation resistance, ensuring excellent durability. And the wooden surface is coated with waterproof paint, which ensures good weather resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable1.jpg?v=1682327676\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This multipurpose garden storage shed provides classified storage areas, making your space tidy and convenient for your gardening work. It features an upper compartment with doors, 3 removable shelves, a folding table for small items and a spacious interior for large tools. In addition, there are 4 bamboo hooks and 4 stainless steel hooks for easy access to small tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable4.jpg?v=1682327840\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed has a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively protect the shed from rain, wind and sunshine. The slope design avoids water accumulation. More, the raised bottom helps keep items out of moisture and dust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable3.jpg?v=1682327783\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Garden Storage Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor wooden storage shed measures 29.5\" x 20\" x 71\" (L x W x H), perfect for organizing clutter without taking up too much floor space. It is ideal for storing various tools Ideal for accessories and accessories. Also, with the one-piece folding table, it can also be used as a workbench to take care of plants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable7.jpg?v=1682328032\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 71 Inch Garden Wooden Storage Cabinet Outdoor Weatherproof Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Foldable Table\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable02.jpg?v=1682328145\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-56cd61cd=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood, Stainless Steel, Asphalt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5\" x 20\" x 71\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\" x 16\" x 50.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of the Foldable Table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 16\" x 29.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Natural","offer_id":45049676038390,"sku":"GT3918NA","price":216.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/products\/Chairliving71InchGardenWoodenStorageCabinetOutdoorWeatherproofToolStorageShedwithLockableDoorsandFoldableTable.jpg?v=1702881631"},{"product_id":"54-outdoor-storage-shelves-3-tier-wooden-plant-stand-rack-garden-shed-utility-tool-organizer-with-weatherproof-asphalt-roof","title":"54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your garden clean and tidy! Our outdoor wooden storage rack measures 27.5\" x 19.5\" x 54\" (L x W x H) and features 3 tiers of shelves that provide plenty of space for storing gardening tools or displaying your lovely potted plants. It's made of durable fir wood and painted with water-resistant paint to ensure it's strong and durable. In addition, our storage racks have a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively resist the elements and can be used outdoors for a long time. You can also paint it in different patterns or colors to customize a unique plant stand for your living space. Whether in the garden, porch, balcony or conservatory, it's the perfect storage tool organizer!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof.jpg?v=1682402611\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelected High-Quality and Durable Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3-tier outdoor storage rack is made of selected fir wood, which has high hardness and deformation resistance, ensuring excellent durability. In addition, the wooden surface is coated with waterproof paint to ensure good weather resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof0.jpg?v=1682402794\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeatherproof Asphalt Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage shed has a weatherproof asphalt roof, which can effectively protect the shed from rain and harmful sunlight. The slope design avoids wetting the storage shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof3.jpg?v=1682402844\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmple Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand is designed with 3 large shelves to help reduce clutter and keep your outdoor space tidy. It is suitable for organizing your potted plants, gardening tools, watering can, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof4.jpg?v=1682402913\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDIY Painting and Wide Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage rack in natural colors allows you to paint it in different colors or patterns to create a unique scenery for your living space. Suitable for various occasions, such as garden, yard, balcony, porch, patio, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof6.jpg?v=1682402964\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Assembly and Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e This wooden garden shed measures 27.5\" x 19.5\" x 54\" (L x W x H), and each shelf can hold up to 66 lbs. More, with clear illustrations and all parts in the user manual, you can easily set up this practical outdoor storage rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof7.jpg?v=1682403073\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Chairliving 54'' Outdoor Storage Shelves 3-Tier Wooden Plant Stand Rack Garden Shed Utility Tool Organizer with Weatherproof Asphalt Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof8.jpg?v=1682403080\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-56cd61cd=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood, Asphalt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5\" x 19.5\" x 54\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of Each Shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5\" x 16.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGround Clearance of Each Shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5\", 20\", 35.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Each Shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Natural","offer_id":45051168915702,"sku":"GT3910NA","price":147.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Chairliving54_OutdoorStorageShelves3-TierWoodenPlantStandRackGardenShedUtilityToolOrganizerwithWeatherproofAsphaltRoof1.jpg?v=1682406274"},{"product_id":"rolling-garden-cart-patio-rolling-scooter-with-adjustable-height-work-seat-and-storage-basket-for-lawn-yard","title":"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter with Adjustable Height Work Seat and Storage Basket for Lawn Yard","description":"\u003cp\u003eNo more painful bending over for gardening work! The garden cart scooter has a height-adjustable 360° swivel seat, which facilitates your gardening work while effectively relieving back pain. Also, compared to others, ours comes with seat and back cushions. Comfortable design allows you to enjoy gardening. The removable back pad features storage dividers to organize your garden tools. Plus, the Garden Stool Cart comes with a storage basket and tool tray for towels, gloves, flower pots and more. The heavy-duty garden work seat is made of painted metal, which is strong, rustproof and durable. Also, 4 inflatable rubber tires will move smoothly on grass, asphalt, masonry roads. Moreover, with 2 steering handles of different lengths, it is easy to pull the trolley without back pain! Due to its multifunctional design, it will be a smart choice for your gardening work, maintenance work!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter.jpg?v=1685780206\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Constructed of a heavy-duty metal frame, the rolling garden scooter is stable enough to hold up to 330 lbs. In addition, the surface is powder-coated to prevent the cart from rusting, which is good for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter0.jpg?v=1685780323\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Anti-skid Tires Steering Handles:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with four 10\" pneumatic rubber tires, anti-slip and wear-resistant, suitable for various terrains. In addition, the garden cart provides 4.5\" 24\" handles for you to choose, so that you can easily pull it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter4.jpg?v=1685780396\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e With a bottom tool tray and rear storage basket, the rolling garden cart keeps your garden tools within easy reach. In addition, the backrest with storage partitions allows you to store your shovel and scissors in an orderly manner to improve your work efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter5.jpg?v=1685780451\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Height-Adjustable and Rotatable Ergonomic Seat:\u003c\/strong\u003e The spacious ergonomic seat can be rotated 360°, allowing you to easily turn in any direction. Seat height is adjustable from 16.5\"-20.5\" without having to crouch or bend over. At the same time, the detachable soft backrest and thickened cushion can reduce your fatigue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter6.jpg?v=1685780569\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter7.jpg?v=1685782094\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Versatile Applications:\u003c\/strong\u003e This rolling garden cart is more than just a great addition to your garden, backyard, and greenhouse. It is also a practical helper, providing you with a pleasant experience of repairing cars, trimming branches, and planting flowers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Rolling Garden Cart Patio Rolling Scooter\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter8.jpg?v=1685782108\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Metal, Rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct Dimensions: 35.5\" x 23\" x 41\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle Length: 4.5\", 24\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of Basket: 9.5\" x 5\" x 6.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat Size: 18\" x 13.5\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimension of Tool Tray: 16.5\" x 14\" (L x W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable Height of Seat: 16.5\"-20.5\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter of Wheel: 10\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth of Wheel: 3\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Weight Capacity: 330 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 34 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Garden Cart Workseat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User Guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":45127231045878,"sku":"GT4031GN","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/RollingGardenCartPatioRollingScooter02.jpg?v=1685782496"},{"product_id":"134-gallon-outdoor-rattan-storage-box-2-in-1-patio-deck-box-storage-container","title":"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner and Solid Acacia Wood Top","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThis deck box prolongs your outdoor items’ service time while keeping your outdoor space tidy and clean. The 49” x 26” x 24.5” (L x W x H) inner space endows this outdoor storage box with 134 gallon capacity for you to store different items at once. And the waterproof zippered liner keeps the items dry. After that, you can close the lid with the labor-saving pneumatic rod. It is child-friendly as well. Hey, don’t worry about its durability and stability. Just leave this storage container outdoors. The colorfast PE wicker and solid acacia wood will promise you outdoor durability and stability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer.jpg?v=1687857292\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● High-Quality Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Acacia wood countertops look natural and elegant, but are hard-wearing and strong. In addition, the main body is wrapped with hand-woven mixed brown PE rattan, which is fade-resistant, beautiful, and durable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer0.jpg?v=1687857403\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Functional Pneumatic Rod:\u003c\/strong\u003e Safety pneumatic levers are designed on both sides of the top cover to firmly support the cover and make opening and closing easier. Such a functional design is not only safe and sturdy but also child-friendly and labor-saving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer3.jpg?v=1687857532\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Protective Polyester Liner:\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage box comes with a zippered PU coated polyester liner, which is waterproof and dustproof. And the bottom acacia wood legs effectively avoid dampness. Thus, all your items can be stored in a safe and clean environment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer5.jpg?v=1687857703\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 2-in-1 Multifunctional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e With 134-gallon large capacity, the rattan box will perfectly meet your storage needs in outdoor places. Moreover, you can use it as a patio side table when closing the lid. The cut-out handles on the 2 sides make movement quite easy.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer6.jpg?v=1687858001\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy Assembly and Dimension:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deck storage box comes with clear instructions and complete accessories for easy assembly. Do not tighten all screws until all holes line up. Please keep it away from the rain to prolong the service life. Overall Dimensions: 51\" x 28.5\" x 28\" (L x W x H). Interior Dimensions: 49\" x 26\" x 24.5\" (L x W x H).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"134 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box 2-in-1 Patio Deck Box Storage Container\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer05.jpg?v=1687943116\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor of PE rattan：Mix brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial：PE rattan, acacia wood, metal, polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension：51\" x 28.5\" x 28\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension：49\" x 26\" x 24.5\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight：44 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity：134 Gallon\/507L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of acacia wood board：165 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of inner space：66 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45185844248822,"sku":"HW70798","price":224.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/134GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBox2-in-1PatioDeckBoxStorageContainer6_c9c0e791-1e4f-4852-ae0a-f33d2f3a5e57.jpg?v=1687943796"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-rolling-garden-cart-patio-stool-kneeler-with-seat-and-tool-tray","title":"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray","description":"\u003cp\u003eTake the strain out of gardening with the Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler. This innovative cart offers a comfortable seat and a convenient kneeler, providing versatility and support as you work in your garden. The integrated tool tray keeps your essentials close at hand, enhancing efficiency. Crafted with durability in mind, this garden cart is built to withstand heavy-duty use. The wheels roll smoothly, allowing for easy transportation across any terrain. Say goodbye to aching knees and back pain, and garden in comfort with the Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler and its exceptional features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray00.jpg?v=1693030849\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStrong Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rolling garden cart is made of powder-coated steel frame. It suits clients of all shapes and sizes and can hold up to 150kg. The frame accepts paint to prevent rust and thus prolong its service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray.jpg?v=1693022340\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBig Comfortable Seat:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rolling garden cart comes with an oversized vintage-style comfortable work seat. The height is adjustable, and the seat can be rotated 360 degrees according to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray1.jpg?v=1693022348\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Square Wheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e Pneumatic tires have a strong grip on the ground, preventing tipping over. Also, the grip limits the wheels from changing direction. This further improves ground stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray2.jpg?v=1693022356\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and Easy To Relocate:\u003c\/strong\u003e Despite its strong frame construction, it weighs only 12.5 kg. Relocation of this golden car is effortless thanks to its four wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray3.jpg?v=1693022364\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTool Tray and Storage Basket:\u003c\/strong\u003e The under-seat tool tray made of polypropylene can be used to store tools. In addition, the rear basket can store water, food, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Heavy-Duty Rolling Garden Cart Patio Stool Kneeler with Seat and Tool Tray\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray4.jpg?v=1693022373\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Red \/ Green\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Heavy duty iron, durable polypropylene tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel: 10\" x 350-4 pneumatic wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eN. W: 30.8 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoading capacity: 330 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBig 10\" pneumatic tires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat dimensions: 13-1\/4\" x 17\" x 7-1\/2\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray dimensions: 17\" x 15-1\/2\" x 3\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 33\" x 16\" x 22\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":45389969391862,"sku":"GT3449GN","price":127.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":45389969424630,"sku":"GT3449RE","price":127.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Heavy-DutyRollingGardenCartPatioStoolKneelerwithSeatandToolTray1_66793c96-b449-4477-9480-8fcbc8eee2a3.jpg?v=1693031497"},{"product_id":"6-x-8-outdoor-storage-shed-galvanized-metal-garden-tool-organizer-with-lockable-slide-doors-and-air-vent","title":"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your garden tools and equipment safe and organized with our 6' x 8' outdoor storage shed. This spacious tool organizer offers plenty of storage space for all your gardening essentials, from lawnmowers and shovels to plant pots and fertilizer. Lockable sliding doors keep your belongings safe, while vents ensure proper ventilation to prevent moisture or mold buildup. Made from galvanized metal, this garden shed can withstand harsh weather and provide long-lasting durability. Create a tidy outdoor space with this practical and sturdy garden tool organizer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent.jpg?v=1695106545\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our storage shed is made of high-quality stainless steel material with excellent strength and elasticity. Additionally, 4 reinforced steel tubes and a ground-level foundation frame further enhance its structural integrity, ensuring stability and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent1.jpg?v=1695106663\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weather Resistant Tool Shed:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our tool shed features a peaked roof design that drains water quickly and prevents rainwater from accumulating and causing rust. Moreover, the inclusion of air windows promotes excellent air circulation, maintaining a dry environment inside. What's more, the metal shed is designed to be water-resistant and provides sun protection, for long service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent3.jpg?v=1695106715\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our tool organizer covers 40 square feet and provides 200 cubic meters of space. Plenty of storage space makes it easy to organize and organize your outdoor area. Whether it's bicycles, toolboxes, trash cans, farm equipment, or lawnmowers, this storage solution has what you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent4.jpg?v=1695106828\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy Access and Privacy:\u003c\/strong\u003e Experience the ultimate convenience and security with our unique garden shed. Equipped with two sliding doors, you can enjoy unrivaled privacy and convenience at the same time. Additionally, the innovative ramp design allows for easy access, allowing you to push carts and trolleys in easily without any hassle or stress.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent5.jpg?v=1695106900\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Guaranteed Safety and Easy Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Our garden shed is designed with safety in mind, with protective covers to prevent injuries and washers to protect the screw paint from scratches to avoid rust. During installation, it is recommended to wear gloves for added safety. Additionally, having two people working together ensures a smooth and efficient assembly process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent6.jpg?v=1695107055\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6' x 8' Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Metal Garden Tool Organizer with Lockable Slide Doors and Air Vent\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent01.jpg?v=1695107067\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-85b843f0=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel, Color Steel Tile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6' x 8' x 6' (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor Space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 Sq. Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e132 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Cu. Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\" x 60.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":45420023218422,"sku":"GT4057+","price":491.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6_x8_OutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedMetalGardenToolOrganizerwithLockableSlideDoorsandAirVent_46de775f-7d85-4433-9617-79ada070ad9e.jpg?v=1695107377"},{"product_id":"3-6-x-7-1-ft-outdoor-metal-storage-shed-garden-tool-house-organizer-with-sliding-doors-for-backyard-lawn","title":"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn","description":"\u003cp\u003eTidy up your backyard or lawn with our practical and efficient 3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed. This garden tool house organizer offers ample space for storing and organizing your outdoor essentials. Crafted from sturdy metal, it provides excellent durability and ensures long-lasting use. The sliding doors make accessing your tools and equipment hassle-free. No more searching for misplaced gardening supplies or struggling with limited storage space. This metal storage shed is designed to keep your backyard neat and organized, allowing you to enjoy a clean and clutter-free outdoor environment. Invest in this reliable and spacious storage solution for a well-maintained and visually appealing backyard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn.jpg?v=1697015251\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Durable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal storage shed is made of high-quality stainless steel material, with reliable strength and elasticity. Additionally, 4 reinforced steel tubes and a ground-level foundation frame further enhance its structural integrity, ensuring stability and long-term durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn0.jpg?v=1697015371\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weather-Resistant Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The tool room adopts a pointed roof design, which can quickly drain water and prevent rainwater from accumulating and causing rust. Wind windows can promote air circulation and keep the environment dry. In addition, metal sheds are waterproof and sun-proof to protect the storage room for long-term use.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn02.jpg?v=1697015423\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal tool organizer measures 7.1' x 3.6' x 5.7' and provides 100 cubic meters of space. Plenty of storage space for everything from bikes to tool boxes, trash cans, farm tools, and lawnmowers. You can easily organize your outdoor tools and create a tidy environment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn05.jpg?v=1697015505\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy and Safe Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Experience ultimate convenience and safety for your gardening tools with this unique garden shed. Featuring 2 sliding doors, you can enjoy unparalleled privacy and convenience at the same time. Besides, the innovative ramp design allows for easy access, making it easy to push carts and wheelbarrows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn09.jpg?v=1697015576\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Installation Notes:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden shed is designed with safety in mind, with a protective cover to prevent injuries and washers to protect the screw paint from scratches, thus avoiding rust. During installation, it is recommended to wear gloves for added safety. Additionally, having two people working together ensures a smooth and efficient assembly process.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn010.jpg?v=1697015639\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"3.6 x 7.1 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garden Tool House Organizer with Sliding Doors for Backyard Lawn\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn011.jpg?v=1697015673\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-94750272=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel, Color Steel Tile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7' x 3.5' x 6' (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor Space\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21 Sq. Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 Cu. Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32\" x 61\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Grey","offer_id":45466628849910,"sku":"GT4058+","price":353.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/3.6x7.1FTOutdoorMetalStorageShedGardenToolHouseOrganizerwithSlidingDoorsforBackyardLawn_85bd8fa9-5a61-477b-a3dc-ece1808243f1.jpg?v=1697015994"},{"product_id":"outdoor-waterproof-tool-shed-potting-bench-table-garden-wooden-workstation-storage-cabinet-with-2-storage-shelves","title":"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eChoose our wooden potting table for an organized and lively garden!\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003eThe garden potting bench table features a large workstation, allowing you to take care of the plants easily. The metal plated workstation is rustproof and stable to hold up to 110 lbs. With 2 large shelves, our 2-in-a garden shed is also a perfect storage option for kinds of gardening tools, such as scissors, shovels, gloves, etc. In addition, the garden potting table is designed with 3 rolling doors, allowing you to put it down to protect the privacy of tools or roll it up to bring natural light in. And the front shutter door will facilitate air circulation. The garden shed is mainly made of solid and durable fir wood, which is weather-resistant with varnished surface. Therefore, it is suitable for many indoor occasions, such as garden, lawn, yard, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves.jpg?v=1697182347\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Durable Wood Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden garden workstation is made of selected fir wood, which is known for its high hardness and excellent crack resistance. Additionally, it is coated with an odorless varnish that can withstand outdoor weather conditions, ensuring long-lasting companionship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves5.jpg?v=1697182686\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ample Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e The garden potting bench table features a spacious tabletop, allowing you to display your potted plants. And there are 2 shelves to keep your gardening tools in private space, such as towels, shovels, watering pots, fertilizers, etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves2.jpg?v=1697182545\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Roll-up and Louvered Doors:\u003c\/strong\u003e There are 3 roller-shutter doors that can be rolled up to absorb natural light and encourage plant growth. Or you can pull it off to keep your tools private. Additionally, the front louvered door facilitates air circulation and keeps items dry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Garden_Potting_Bench_Table_with_2_Storage_Shelves_and_Metal_Tabletop_Gray-9.jpg?v=1697182603\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Wide Metal Workstation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The wooden garden bench features an extra-large 21\" x 18\" metal workstation for easy care of your plants. Additionally, the tabletop is made of painted metal, which is rust-proof and easy to maintain, supporting long-lasting use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves1.jpg?v=1697182452\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ergonomic Height and Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reasonable height design, you don’t need to squat or bend down to work. So if you have suffered from back pain before, a garden shed would be a wise choice. Besides, garden planting tables maximize space and complement your garden, porch, lawn, and more.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Waterproof Tool Shed Potting Bench Table Garden Wooden Workstation Storage Cabinet with 2 Storage Shelves\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves01.jpg?v=1697182755\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-94750272=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood, Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" x 18.5\" x 40\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31.5\" x 13\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower Shelf Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26\" x 17.5\" x 14.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkstation Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":45476908204278,"sku":"GT4027GR","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWaterproofToolShedPottingBenchTableGardenWoodenWorkstationStorageCabinetwith2StorageShelves_8325a61f-8f4c-4fb2-8b9d-52ba0240e509.jpg?v=1697183537"},{"product_id":"garden-hose-reel-cart-heavy-duty-yard-water-planting-truck-with-storage-basket-and-wheels","title":"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis full-featured, high-quality garden hose reel cart is your best friend when overcoming gardening difficulties. This cart has a 300-foot 5\/8-inch water hose capacity to keep your pipes clean and tangle-free. Made from a sturdy steel frame and finished with a green powder coating, this stroller is durable enough to last a lifetime. Additionally, the thoughtful design of the foam-padded crank, non-slip handles, and practical basket increases efficiency and saves energy. Additionally, the 10-inch wheels roll smoothly over any uneven surface, allowing you to move around your garden with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels.jpg?v=1702451982\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Durable and Stable Steel Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e This heavy-duty garden cart is built with a high-quality reinforced steel frame and reinforced with powder coating to provide you with years of worry-free use. Additionally, the solid steel shaft ensures the cart’s durability and stability. This garden cart features a high-quality powder coating to withstand any weather challenge. No more worrying about whether your equipment will rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels0.jpg?v=1702452148\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 300 Ft. Extra Large Hose Reel Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Even extra large gardens can’t compete with our garden water hoses. This garden cart holds a 5\/8-inch water hose and weighs up to 300 feet, which is enough for your daily gardening needs. Thanks to its large capacity, you can use the crank handle to reach every corner of the garden, making it easy to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels2.jpg?v=1702452238\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Humanized Design and Easy Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e The cart's crank handle of the trolley is fully foam-filled, fully considering your comfort and convenience. This garden cart features non-slip handles and is designed to increase efficiency. Additionally, four 10-inch off-road pneumatic tires not only enhance grip but also adapt to any terrain with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels4.jpg?v=1702452827\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Quick Assembly and Easy Maintained:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden hose reel cart has clear instructions for easy assembly and quick assembly. With its perfect size, it can be stored in your garage or shed, taking up minimal space. Best of all, this stroller is super easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels07.jpg?v=1702453023\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Multi-scenario Application:\u003c\/strong\u003e This garden water hose reel cart is suitable for various terrains, such as gardens, lawns, sidewalks, and backyards. With its large capacity and powerful pneumatic tires, the car can drive smoothly on any surface. Besides, the lightweight design and built-in basket provide extra storage space for your gardening tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Garden Hose Reel Cart Heavy Duty Yard Water Planting Truck with Storage Basket and Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels09.jpg?v=1702453127\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Green;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Steel;\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 38\" x 24.5\" x 44.5\" （L x W x H）\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBasket dimension: 17.5\" x 6.5\" x 6\" （L x W x H）\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheel diameter:10\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose capacity: 300 ft of 5\/8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage includes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Garden hose reel cart\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Instruction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":45753336430838,"sku":"GT3381","price":186.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/GardenHoseReelCartHeavyDutyYardWaterPlantingTruckwithStorageBasketandWheels_0e8336ac-e63d-4ff8-b67e-6e547ac44ad7.jpg?v=1703215230"},{"product_id":"72-gallon-outdoor-rattan-storage-box-wicker-patio-deck-container-with-waterproof-zippered-liner","title":"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner","description":"\u003cp\u003eOrganize your outdoor space effortlessly with our 72-gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box. This wicker patio deck container is a stylish solution for storing cushions, gardening tools, or other outdoor accessories. The waterproof zippered liner provides extra protection, ensuring your items stay dry and ready to use. Embrace the durability and aesthetic appeal of rattan with this spacious storage box, perfect for enhancing the functionality of your patio or deck.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner.jpg?v=1702885438\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Durable and Stable Metal Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The main frame of the deck box is made of strong and durable metal for long service life. Moreover, the safety pneumatic lever saves effort and slows down the opening and closing speed. In addition, the PP plate of the top cover and L-shaped legs are designed to be stronger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner1.jpg?v=1702885569\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Protective Liner with Zipper:\u003c\/strong\u003e The storage box is equipped with top-quality polyester lining and is coated with PU. Therefore, the liner can keep the contents of the box away from dust and water, providing thoughtful protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner3.jpg?v=1702885907\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Elegant and Durable Rattan:\u003c\/strong\u003e This deck box is made of hand-woven mixed brown PE rattan, which looks attractive and elegant. Additionally, the box is covered with rattan to withstand longer outdoor use. Note: Please avoid rain to extend the service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner2.jpg?v=1702885821\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ideal Storage Solution:\u003c\/strong\u003e This square patio deck box gives you 72 gallons of interior space for outdoor storage. Therefore, various items such as cushions, blankets, pillows, and toys can be kept organized instead of scattered everywhere. Additionally, you can close the lid and use the storage box as a patio coffee table.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner5.jpg?v=1702885924\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy To Assemble:\u003c\/strong\u003e The deck box has complete hardware and easy-to-understand instructions. It can be assembled quickly without spending too much time and energy. Do not tighten all screws until all holes are aligned. Overall dimensions: 27.5\" x 27.5\" x 27.5\" (L x W x H). Interior dimensions: 25.5\" x 25.5\" x 25\" (L x W x H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"72 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box Wicker Patio Deck Container with Waterproof Zippered Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner6.jpg?v=1702886013\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor of PE Rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMix Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE Rattan, Metal, Polyester, PU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5\" x 27.5\" x 27.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5\" x 25.5\" x 25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 Gallon\/273 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45764906451190,"sku":"HW70794","price":117.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/72GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxWickerPatioDeckContainerwithWaterproofZipperedLiner03.jpg?v=1702886417"},{"product_id":"96-gallon-outdoor-rattan-storage-box-pe-wicker-deck-container-with-4-wheels-and-waterproof-liner","title":"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4 Wheels and Waterproof Liner","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you need a storage container to store your mats, just choose our deck boxes! 4 wheels allow you to move this storage container to the space you need, whether it's the garden, poolside, or backyard. The lid then lifts effortlessly via advanced gas struts. They are also child-friendly. Now, the 96-gallon interior capacity allows you to store different items, which will keep your belongings dry. The fade-resistant, sun-resistant PE wicker, and rust-resistant metal frame will ensure you greater durability during day-in and day-out outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith4.jpg?v=1702887454\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Selected PE Wicker:\u003c\/strong\u003e The hand-woven mixed brown\/mixed gray PE wicker, is colorfast and sun-resistant, giving this outdoor storage container a longer outdoor use time. Besides, the sturdy metal frame is rust-resistant for extra outdoor durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith41.jpg?v=1702887562\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 96-gallon Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 51 inches x 20.5 inches x 21 inches (L x W x H) interior dimensions give this deck box a 96-gallon capacity. So it can store 7 seat cushions (20\" x 20\" x 3\") and 7 back cushions (20\" x 12\" x 4\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith43.jpg?v=1702887619\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 4 Wheels (2 with Brakes):\u003c\/strong\u003e This outdoor storage box comes with 4 wear-resistant and quiet wheels, making it easy for you to move to wherever you want. Furthermore, it can stop stably thanks to 2 lockable wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith44.jpg?v=1702887707\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● All-round Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e The inner liner and PP board are waterproof, keeping the items inside dry, and allowing you to be worry-free about placing swimming equipment, gardening tools, and sports equipment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith45.jpg?v=1702887781\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\" class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\" class=\"key_features\" style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e●\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eSafer to Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eBoasting labor-saving gas strut with a reinforced triangular structure, the patio deck box allows you to open\/close it safely and effortlessly. Overall dimension: 52\" x 22\" x 25\" (L x W x H). Multifunctional Design: Apart from using it as a storage box, this outdoor furniture can be used as a side table as well, allowing you to put needed items on the top for easy access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"96 Gallon Outdoor Rattan Storage Box PE Wicker Deck Container with 4   Lockable Wheels and Waterproof Liner\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith46.jpg?v=1702887854\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor of PE Rattan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMix Gray\/Mix Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE Rattan, PP Board, Metal, Polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\" x 22\" x 25\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51\" x 20.5\" x 21\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96 Gallon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Brown","offer_id":45764953768182,"sku":"NP10549CF","price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray","offer_id":45764953800950,"sku":"NP10549GR","price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/96GallonOutdoorRattanStorageBoxPEWickerDeckContainerwith4_3a020511-488a-4b18-b6d7-c1f24b943662.jpg?v=1702888490"},{"product_id":"outdoor-wooden-storage-cabinet-patio-rolling-deck-box-with-2-wheels-and-side-handle","title":"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle","description":"\u003cp\u003eStreamline your outdoor organization with our Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet, a Patio Rolling Deck Box on 2 wheels with a convenient side handle. Crafted from quality wood, this deck box offers durability and style for your patio. Effortlessly move and access your outdoor essentials, keeping your space tidy and inviting. Elevate your patio with this rolling deck box that marries practicality with a touch of sophistication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle.jpg?v=1702896891\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Selected Acacia Wood Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Crafted of natural high-strength acacia wood, the outdoor storage box is durable and anti-crack, which withstands the test of time and various weather conditions. What's more, the breathable slats allow for proper airflow to avoid bad smells.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle0.jpg?v=1702896922\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 48Gal Large Storage Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e This wooden deck box features 48 gallon storage capacity, which will be an ideal storage solution for cushions, pillows, extra blankets, pool toys. Therefore, all your indoor or outdoor supplies will have a large and safe place to store.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle1.jpg?v=1702896939\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Includes 2 in 1 Fabric Cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e The patio wooden storage box comes with a waterproof fabric cover, which is not only used as the inner lining to protect your items from moisture or dust, but also serves great as outer cover to protect the wooden box from water or sunlight damages.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle3.jpg?v=1702896961\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy Opening and Smooth Moving:\u003c\/strong\u003e The top ring pull and quality metal hinges allow you to open or close the box lid with ease. Also designed with 2 smooth wheels and convenient side handle, the outdoor deck box is easy to move from one place to another.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle5.jpg?v=1702896993\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\" class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\" class=\"key_features\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Effortless Assembly and Wide Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eWe provide you with illustrated instructions to help you finish the assembly in a short time. Once assembled, this versatile storage box will be a great addition to any indoor or outdoor living space, such as garden, backyard, poolside etc.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\" class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Outdoor Wooden Storage Cabinet Patio Rolling Deck Box with 2 Wheels and Side Handle \" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle6.jpg?v=1702897024\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ca888e8=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcacia Wood, Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48Gal \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50\" x 19.5\" x 17.5\"  (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 LBS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45765195235574,"sku":"OP71258","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/OutdoorWoodenStorageCabinetPatioRollingDeckBoxwith2WheelsandSideHandle05.jpg?v=1702897190"},{"product_id":"u-shaped-raised-garden-bed-wooden-planter-container-vegetable-box","title":"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to grow some plants in your garden or balcony? This planter-raised bed is ideal for you. This garden bed is made from high-quality natural fir wood, ensuring a sturdy and durable structure for long-term use. It consists of five pots, giving your plants plenty of space to grow. With this raised bed, caring for plants is easy and the boxes can be freely combined to meet your different needs. With this useful planter, you can grow a large number of plants, vegetables, fruits, and flowers. Additionally, rustic garden beds match perfectly with your garden, patio, backyard, and more. Assembling a garden bed is also easy by following these steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox.jpg?v=1706334391\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox5.jpg?v=1706334411\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox4.jpg?v=1706334426\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox3.jpg?v=1706334441\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox1.jpg?v=1706334466\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 100% Solid Fir Wood:\u003c\/strong\u003e The frame of the garden bed is made of natural fir, which is not easily deformed or cracked. The entire structure is strong enough to strongly support the weight of soil and plants. In addition, no chemical additives harmful to the human body are added.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox2.jpg?v=1706334453\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Large Raised Planting Area:\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with 5 plant containers, providing sufficient space for plants to grow well. Plants in pots can be fully attached to the soil on the ground, and there are raised wooden boards on both sides to prevent soil leakage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox00.jpg?v=1706334797\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox07.jpg?v=1706335106\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Free Combination:\u003c\/strong\u003e The vegetable bed can be flexibly combined or used individually according to your preference. If necessary, you can remove the baffles to obtain a larger planting area. This useful design helps you grow plants and create your dream garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox02.jpg?v=1706334872\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Multifunctional Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e With this practical planter, you can grow a variety of plants, vegetables, fruits, and flowers in your backyard, balcony, and garden. In addition, it is a perfect decoration for your home and easier to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox05.jpg?v=1706334938\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy and Quick Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thick wooden boards are connected with dovetails and can be fixed in place with screws. We'll provide clear instructions and the required hardware to shorten your assembly time. Overall dimensions: 92.5\" (L) x 95\" (W) x 11\" (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/WindowTitle_06.jpg?v=1706335067\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"U-Shaped Raised Garden Bed Wooden Planter Container Vegetable Box\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox005.jpg?v=1706335088\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Natural\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Fir wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimension: 92.5'' (L) x 95'' (W) x 11'' (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension of large box: 45.5'' (L) x 45.5'' (W) x 9'' (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInner dimension of small box: 45.5'' (L) x 21.5'' (W) x 9'' (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 46.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage includes\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 x Planter boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":45929191538934,"sku":"GT3582","price":167.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/U-ShapedRaisedGardenBedWoodenPlanterContainerVegetableBox1_bab73eb0-d92e-45fb-ac97-2eeaded6842b.jpg?v=1706335697"},{"product_id":"6-x-4-10-x-8-feet-outdoor-storage-shed-galvanized-steel-utility-tool-house-with-lockable-door-and-4-vents","title":"6 x 4\/10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your outdoor tools and equipment organized and protected with the 6 x 4\/10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed. Constructed from durable galvanized steel, this utility tool house offers reliable shelter against the elements. The lockable door ensures security for your belongings, while the four vents provide proper ventilation to prevent moisture buildup inside. With its spacious interior, this shed provides ample storage space for garden tools, lawnmowers, bicycles, and more. Whether you need extra storage space in your backyard, garden, or patio, this outdoor shed is the perfect solution for keeping your belongings safe and organized.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents.jpg?v=1708756788\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Super Stability and Wind Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage shed is made of galvanized steel plate, which is crack-resistant, non-deforming, anti-rust, and has a long service life. In addition, the internal structure is reinforced with thick beams and 4 triangular corners. The exterior features a reinforced base plate for added stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents02.jpg?v=1708757175\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Upgraded Material and Pitched Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e The roof is constructed of weather-resistant color-coated steel, allowing the garden storage house to withstand various outdoor conditions. Moreover, the pitched roof reduces stress area and facilitates water drainage for longevity. Plus, the groove design promotes water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Galvanized_Steel_Storage_Shed_without_Floor_Base_6-7.jpg?v=1708756887\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Meet Different Needs:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boasting 122\/360 Cu. The utility room has enough storage capacity to hold pool equipment, tools, bicycles, lawn mowers, and more. Additionally, a large tool shed can easily be converted into a trash room, utility room, or pet house as needed.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents03.jpg?v=1708757282\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Lockable Door and 4 Vents:\u003c\/strong\u003e The outdoor storage shed is designed with sliding doors that operate smoothly and can be locked to prevent theft. The heavy-duty pantry comes with 4 vents to ensure proper airflow and prevent any potential issues related to odor build-up.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents05.jpg?v=1708757350\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Easy To Assemble and Product Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e For safe assembly, we prepare 2 pairs of gloves to protect your hands. Note: Assembly should be completed under the guidance of the instructions provided. Product dimensions are 6.3' x 3.5' x 6.4'\/10' x 7.7' x 6.4' (Length X Width X Height).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6 x 4 10 x 8 Feet Outdoor Storage Shed Galvanized Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and 4 Vents\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents07.jpg?v=1708757429\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColor: Dark Gray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Galvanized Steel, Color-coated Steel Tile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e: 6 x 4 ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 6.3' x 3.5' x 6.4' (L X W X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Dimension: 48\" x 36\" (L X W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 2' x 5.2' (L X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 122 Cu.ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool Shed Net Weight: 83 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Net Weight: 3.5 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e: 10 x 8 ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimension: 10' x 7.7' x 6.4' (L X W X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Dimension: 97\" x 85\" (L X W )\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor Size: 2' x 5.2' (L X H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage Capacity: 360 Cu.ft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool Shed Net Weight: 164 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoundation Net Weight: 17 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tool Room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x User's Manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"6 x 4 ft","offer_id":46019031302390,"sku":"GT4224GR-1","price":255.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"10 x 8 ft","offer_id":46019031335158,"sku":"GT4226GR+","price":491.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6x410x8FeetOutdoorStorageShedGalvanizedSteelUtilityToolHousewithLockableDoorand4Vents_b9e72210-c81d-4535-9c07-6daf28b0f425.jpg?v=1708758036"},{"product_id":"26-x-20-x-70-inch-20-tier-commercial-bakery-racks-aluminum-pan-rolling-trolley-storage-rack-with-brake-wheels","title":"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels","description":"\u003cp\u003eElevate your bakery operations with the 26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks, designed to streamline storage and transportation of baked goods. Constructed from durable aluminum, this rolling trolley storage rack offers ample space for organizing pans, trays, and baking sheets. With its 20-tier design, it maximizes vertical storage capacity while minimizing floor space usage. The brake wheels provide stability and safety, allowing you to securely position the rack in your kitchen or bakery. Whether you're cooling freshly baked pastries or storing prepped ingredients, this commercial bakery rack is an essential tool for optimizing workflow and maximizing efficiency in your culinary space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels.jpg?v=1708763762\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Heavy-Duty Aluminum Rack Frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The entire kitchen bread pan rack is made of high-strength, heavy-duty aluminum, which is rust-proof and corrosion-resistant. The aluminum bread rack provides strong support for all 20 tiers and baking sheets. Open shel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels0.jpg?v=1708763859\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● 20-layer Large Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e There are 20 layers in total, which can hold 20 loaf pan baking sheets. Each layer can hold up to 15kg, which is enough to hold all the food you bake on it.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels1.jpg?v=1708763902\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Stability and Flexibility With 4 Wheels (2 Lockable):\u003c\/strong\u003e Equipped with four flexible wheels, this bread rack can be moved freely according to your needs. The wheels can rotate 360 degrees and are securely mounted on the bottom of the rack. Two of them can be locked when you want them to stop at a specific location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels5.jpg?v=1708764009\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Convenient To Hold Bakery Pan:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flat design of each shelf brings you great convenience, you can easily place bread slices on each layer and secure the bread pans securely to make delicious backing foods such as bread or pizza. Each layer can hold up to 15kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels6.jpg?v=1708764197\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Detailed assembly manual and complete accessories allow you to easily assemble the bread rack in a short time. The specific assembly steps are listed in the instruction manual for your reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"26 x 20 x 70 Inch 20-Tier Commercial Bakery Racks Aluminum Pan Rolling Trolley Storage Rack with Brake Wheels\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels00.jpg?v=1708764161\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Aluminum\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall size: 26\" x 18.5\" x 70\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: 27 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight capacity of each tier: 33 lbs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePackage includes\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 20-Tier aluminum bakery rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46019145400566,"sku":"TL33856","price":196.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/26x20x70Inch20-TierCommercialBakeryRacksAluminumPanRollingTrolleyStorageRackwithBrakeWheels03.jpg?v=1708764698"},{"product_id":"7-x-4-feet-metal-outdoor-garden-tool-storage-shed-with-lockable-doors-and-metal-latch","title":"7 x 4 Feet Metal Outdoor Garden Tool Storage Shed with Lockable Doors and Metal Latch","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your outdoor tools safe and secure with our 7 x 4 Feet Metal Outdoor Garden Tool Storage Shed. Equipped with lockable doors and a metal latch, this metal shed provides maximum security for your gardening equipment. Its compact size makes it ideal for smaller yards or gardens, while its durable metal construction ensures years of reliable use. With ample space for all your tools and accessories, it's the perfect solution for keeping your outdoor space tidy and organized. Invest in quality storage with our garden tool shed.\u003cbr data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch \" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch.jpg?v=1713940367\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● All-weather and Durable Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty color steel plates, which has excellent weather resistance and rust resistance to ensure long-term outdoor use. And it adopts anti-deformation waveform, which can withstand greater pressure on the interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_0.jpg?v=1713940807\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Pitched Roof and Lockable Door:\u003c\/strong\u003e The all-weather tool shed features a pitched roof with grooves on the roof to effectively prevent water accumulation and accumulation. Gap-free design ensures no water seepage. Additionally, it comes with 2 lockable doors for added security.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_02.jpg?v=1713940885\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Sturdy and Stable Structure:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rust-proof outdoor storage room can be fixed on a concrete base (fixing kit included) or wooden base (fixing kit not included) to enhance overall stability and wind resistance. It also includes an expansion screw kit (requires pre-drilling), uses a 0.39-inch concrete drill bit (not included), and drills holes 2.4 inches deep.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch \" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_01.jpg?v=1713940929\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Spacious Space and Versatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal garden shed measures 7 x 4 x 6 feet (L x W x H) and has a storage capacity of 134.5 cubic feet, providing ample space for gardening tools and equipment, allowing you to The yard is kept neat and tidy. Additionally, this versatile outdoor storage shed can also serve as a tool room, utility room, garbage room, or even as a pet house.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_06.jpg?v=1713940965\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Worry-free Assembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compared with previous screw-fixed structures, this garden shed adopts a convenient snap-on structure, which can reduce the number of screws by 30%, making installation easier than before. For safety reasons, we recommend wearing gloves and goggles when assembling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_07.jpg?v=1713941017\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-f6c04ed8=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\" x 46\" x 71\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of the Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\" x 82\" (L x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134.5 Cu.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.3 Sq.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46479186329846,"sku":"GT4193GR","price":323.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/7-x-4-Feet-Metal-Outdoor-Garden-Tool-Storage-Shed-with-Lockable-Door-and-Metal-Latch_c9a6b853-bb65-4584-88b2-da8ffffeec96.jpg?v=1713941264"},{"product_id":"6-3-x-2-8-ft-outdoor-metal-storage-shed-rustproof-steel-tool-organizer-house-with-lockable-door-and-retractable-hydraulic-rods","title":"6.3 x 2.8 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Rustproof Steel Tool Organizer House with Lockable Door and Retractable Hydraulic Rods","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDiscover the Ultimate Solution for Outdoor Storage!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOur metal outdoor storage shed dimensions are 193 x 86 x 127 CM\/6.3 x 2.8 x 4.1 FT (L x W x H), providing convenient storage for various gardening equipment and tools, or even a cozy shelter for your beloved furry friend. Crafted of durable and weather-resistant galvanized color steel material, this metal shed is designed to withstand rust, sun exposure, and various weather conditions. And the pitched roof with groove design could reduce stress area and prevent water accumulation. For enhanced stability and safety, it can be anchored on a concrete base (includes expansion screw kits) or a wooden base (the anchoring kits are not included). Thanks to its snap-on structure, this upgraded storage shed could simplify the installation process with 30% reduction in screws. Experience the simplicity and functionality of our metal outdoor storage shed for all your storage needs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods.jpg?v=1714036257\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMain Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Excellent Weather Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty galvanized color steel panels, which are rustproof deformation-resistant, and built to last. Moreover, it adopts a pitched roof with a groove design, which could effectively prevent water buildup and pooling.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods0.jpg?v=1714036339\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Double Doors and Openable Roof:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal garden shed features double doors with a lockable metal latch, providing added security and convenience. Moreover, the roof can be safely and slowly opened and closed with retractable hydraulic rods, making fetching items a breeze.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods01.jpg?v=1714036375\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Spacious Space and Versatile Use:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal garden shed measures 6.3 x 2.8 x 4.1 FT (L x W x H) and the storage capacity is 61.5 Cu.Ft, provides ample space for gardening tools and equipment, and it can keep your yard clean and tidy. Moreover, this multifunctional outdoor storage shed can also serve as a tool room, utility room, garbage room, or even as a pet house.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods03.jpg?v=1714036410\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Stable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rustproof outside storage house can be anchored on either a concrete base (fixation kit included) or a wooden base (fixation kit not included), enhancing overall stability and wind resistance. And it includes expansion screw kits (pre-drilled holes required), using 0.39\" concrete drill bit (not included) and drill holes 2.4\" deep.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods05.jpg?v=1714036448\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Easy and Effortless Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compared to previous screw fixation structures, this garden shed boasts convenient snap-on structures, which could reduce the number of screws by 30%, making installation easier than before. For safety, we recommend wearing gloves and safety glasses during assembly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"6.3 x 2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3_x_2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods09.jpg?v=1714036477\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-4ecbe6fd=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Color Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76\" x 34\" x 50\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of the Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62\" x 45\" (L x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5 Cu. Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 Sq.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46493909975286,"sku":"GT4195GR","price":255.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/6.3x2.8-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-Rustproof-Steel-Tool-Organizer-House-with-Lockable-Door-and-Retractable-Hydraulic-Rods.jpg?v=1714036552"},{"product_id":"4-x-3-ft-outdoor-metal-storage-shed-all-weather-steel-utility-tool-house-with-lockable-door","title":"4 x 3 FT Outdoor Metal Storage Shed All-Weather Steel Utility Tool House with Lockable Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eEnhance your outdoor storage solutions with our 4 x 3 foot outdoor metal storage shed. Made from durable, all-weather steel, this utility house provides secure storage for your gardening tools, outdoor equipment, and more. At the same time, it has a lockable door that provides extra security to keep your belongings safe from theft and damage. Its compact size makes it ideal for small outdoor spaces such as patios, decks or gardens. Plus, it's easy to assemble and maintain, making it the ideal solution for keeping outdoor areas organized and tidy. Upgrade your storage options and get peace of mind with our high-quality metal storage sheds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door.jpg?v=1715757093\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e●Sturdy and Stable Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe rust-proof outdoor storage room can be fixed on a concrete base (fixing kit included) or wooden base (fixing kit not included) to enhance overall stability and wind resistance. It also includes an expansion screw kit (requires pre-drilling), uses a 0.39-inch concrete drill bit (not included), and drills holes 2.4 inches deep.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door0.jpg?v=1715757247\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● All-weather Durable Material: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe metal outdoor storage shed is constructed of heavy-duty color steel plates, which has excellent rust resistance and weather resistance, ensuring long-term outdoor use. And it adopts anti-deformation waveform, which can withstand greater pressure on the interface.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door5.jpg?v=1715757510\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Spacious Space and Lockable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The metal garden shed measures 4 x 3 x 5.3 feet (L x W x H) and has a storage capacity of 56 cubic feet, providing convenient storage for a variety of gardening equipment and tools that can Keep your yard tidy or your garden clean and tidy. Additionally, it comes with a lockable door for added security.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door6.jpg?v=1715757573\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Multifunctional Use: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis multi-purpose outdoor storage shed can be used as a tool room or utility room to store garden tools, bicycles, lawn mowers, sports equipment or anything else you want to store. It can also be used as a litter room to hide unsightly trash cans, or as a pet house to keep your furry friends safe and warm outdoors.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door9.jpg?v=1715757627\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Worry-free Assembly: \u003c\/strong\u003eCompared with previous screw-fixed structures, this garden shed adopts a convenient snap-on structure, which can reduce the number of screws by 50%, making installation easier than before. For safety reasons, we recommend wearing gloves and goggles when assembling.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door00.jpg?v=1715757677\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-53e42592=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\" x 35\" x 64\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of the Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21\" x 61\" (L x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 Cu.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.5 Sq.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":46622911529206,"sku":"GT4192GR","price":205.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/4-x-3-FT-Outdoor-Metal-Storage-Shed-All-Weather-Steel-Utility-Tool-House-with-Lockable-Door_64a9d40d-20cb-48fd-94ee-224ee12c7eee.jpg?v=1715757775"},{"product_id":"84-gallon-patio-wicker-deck-box-3-door-pe-rattan-storage-cabinet-container-with-removable-shelves-and-protective-foot-pads","title":"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads","description":"\u003cp\u003eEasily organize your living space with this spacious PE rattan storage box. With a capacity of 84 gallons, this storage deck box provides ample space for a variety of items. Removable shelves offer customizable organization, while the durable PE rattan and metal frame ensure long-lasting durability. Anti-tip feature ensures enhanced stability. Other features include a top liner for added protection, and sturdy hinges on the cabinet door for easy access and security. Remember to keep the deck box covered when in use for extended periods of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads.jpg?v=1725957031\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Ample Storage Capacity: \u003c\/strong\u003eWith a capacity of up to 84 gallons, the storage box provides ample space to store cushions, pillows, and tools. The spacious top complements the display space, while the 3 removable shelves simplify the sorting and access of items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads0.jpg?v=1725957220\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Selected Materials and Reliable Frame: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe fade-proof and sun-resistant PE rattan and the reinforced metal frame give this storage box greater durability and stability. In addition, the storage box can bear a total of 300 lbs\/135 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads1.jpg?v=1725957245\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Enhanced Stability and Safety: \u003c\/strong\u003eEquipped with an anti-tip device, the storage cabinet can be firmly fixed to the wall to prevent shaking or tipping. The metal legs are equipped with protective foot pads to prevent scratches and improve stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads3.jpg?v=1725957267\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Waterproof Design and Easy Access: \u003c\/strong\u003eEquipped with soft-closing hinges, the cabinet door opens and closes smoothly for easy access. The waterproof lining provides thoughtful protection for the items inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads7.jpg?v=1725957304\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Versatile Piece: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe patio wicker storage box adds a touch of elegance to any living space and can simplify your storage needs. Its classic wicker texture and sleek design blends perfectly with existing decor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"84 Gallon Patio Wicker Deck Box 3-Door PE Rattan Storage Cabinet Container with Removable Shelves and Protective Foot Pads\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads07.jpg?v=1725957352\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-2cae2a51=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\/Mix Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE Rattan, Metal, Galvanized Pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53\" x 19.5\" x 28\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of Cabinet Door(Left)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5\" x 22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of Cabinet Door(Middle \u0026amp; Right)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17\" x 22\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Size of Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5\" x 19\" x 11\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Between Ground and Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Top\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Shelf in the Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47219502579958,"sku":"JZ10261DK","price":245.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47219502612726,"sku":"JZ10261CF","price":245.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/84_Gallon_Patio_Wicker_Deck_Box_3-Door_PE_Rattan_Storage_Cabinet_Container_with_Removable_Shelves_and_Protective_Foot_Pads_2c4ef3f0-9cc6-4412-a603-98857241d90e.jpg?v=1725957692"},{"product_id":"5-3-feet-outdoor-storage-cabinet-wooden-garden-shed-vertical-tool-box-with-3-tier-shelves-and-lockable-door","title":"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep your garden tools and equipment neatly organized with this 5 × 3 Feet Wooden Garden Shed.\u003c\/strong\u003e Featuring 3-tier shelves for convenient storage and a lockable door for security, this vertical outdoor storage cabinet is perfect for tools, gardening supplies, and other equipment. Made from durable wood to withstand the elements, it offers a stylish and functional addition to any outdoor space. Its compact design ensures it fits perfectly in smaller gardens, patios, or balconies, while the lockable door provides peace of mind. Get organized today with this space-saving, weather-resistant shed!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door.jpg?v=1727415428\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● High-Quality Fir Wood: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe vertical tool organizer is mainly made of fir wood, which is not only durable and not easy to deform, but also has a natural and beautiful appearance. In addition, the untreated surface can be customized to match the theme of your garden.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door0.jpg?v=1727415520\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Secure Lockable Door: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe outdoor storage cabinet comes with a secure lockable door with a metal latch, providing additional protection for your valuable equipment. In addition, the large door provides ventilated storage space for your garden supplies, keeping them in the best condition.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door1.jpg?v=1727415553\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Pitched Roof and Elevated Legs: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe outdoor garden cabinet features a pitched asphalt roof that protects against the sun and promotes drainage, ensuring a longer service life. The legs of the utility shed are off the ground, keeping the bottom layer and your stored items dry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door5.jpg?v=1727415587\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Organized Storage Solution: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe wooden garden shed comes with 3-tier shelves, providing ample space to efficiently organize small and medium-sized tools. In addition, the right-side compartment and 5 hooks effectively keep your long-handled tools or taller tools within easy reach.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door00.jpg?v=1727415617\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Flexible Use: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe vertical garden shed can adapt to various needs, whether it is as a tool room, utility room, or pool supply cabinet. Its natural style will blend seamlessly with your patio, garden, balcony or lawn.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5 × 3 Feet Outdoor Storage Cabinet Wooden Garden Shed Vertical Tool Box with 3-Tier Shelves and Lockable Door\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door02.jpg?v=1727415660\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-1e64a2c2=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNatural\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFir Wood + Asphalt + Plywood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" × 26\" × 59\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49\" × 21\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.5\" × 9\"\/ 57 × 23 (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Natural","offer_id":47291438432502,"sku":"GT4246NA+","price":224.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5_x_3_Feet_Outdoor_Storage_Cabinet_Wooden_Garden_Shed_Vertical_Tool_Box_with_3-Tier_Shelves_and_Lockable_Door_8d490b27-ae64-4a97-9516-519cb56147b4.jpg?v=1727415736"},{"product_id":"62-inch-pe-rattan-wardrobe-closet-wicker-storage-cabinet-with-hanging-rod-and-foot-pads-for-bedroom-and-clothing-organization","title":"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization","description":"\u003cp\u003eOrganize your bedroom with the 62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet. Featuring a wicker design, two doors, and a sturdy hanging rod, this storage cabinet offers elegance and practicality. Ideal for clothes, shoes, and accessories, it's perfect for bedroom organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization.jpg?v=1728897569\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Durable Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe wicker wardrobe is made of sturdy galvanized pipes to ensure long-lasting strength and reliability. The anti-tipping device and metal legs provide additional stability and support, making this storage cabinet safe and sway-free.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization0.jpg?v=1728897663\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Elegant Wicker Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eMade of PE rattan, this storage cabinet has a chic and natural look that can beautify your space. Its elegant wicker design not only looks beautiful, but also greatly improves its durability and resistance to daily wear and tear.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization2.jpg?v=1728897685\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Reasonable Storage Partitions: \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned to meet various storage needs, this wardrobe is equipped with a hanging rod for storing clothes, coats, etc. In addition, the 4 storage compartments provide ample space to organize accessories and bed sheets.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization5.jpg?v=1728897711\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Versatile Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe wardrobe can not only be used to store clothes, but also as a versatile storage solution for your home, terrace or garage. It can meet a variety of storage needs from household items to tools.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization00.jpg?v=1728897734\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● More Considerate Details: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe cabinet door adopts cushioning hinges, and the door closes softly and quietly without making too much noise. In addition, the bottom feet are equipped with protective foot pads to prevent scratches.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"62-Inch PE Rattan Wardrobe Closet Wicker Storage Cabinet with Hanging Rod and Foot Pads for Bedroom and Clothing Organization\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization04.jpg?v=1728897763\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-3828a1a8=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\/Mix Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE Rattan, Metal, Galvanized Pipe\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.5\" x 19.5\" x 62\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions of Single Cabinet Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56.5\" x 13.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions of Upper Storage Cube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 19\" x 14\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions of Bottom Storage Cube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 19.5\" x 13\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Between Each Storage Cube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\", 13.5\", 13.5\", 13\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength of Hanging Rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight from Hanging Rod to Bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Between Ground and Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Hanging Rod\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Each Cube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e165 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":47349236859126,"sku":"JZ10260DK","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Brown","offer_id":47349236891894,"sku":"JZ10260CF","price":274.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/62-Inch_PE_Rattan_Wardrobe_Closet_Wicker_Storage_Cabinet_with_Hanging_Rod_and_Foot_Pads_for_Bedroom_and_Clothing_Organization_5037df06-6f22-4eaa-96e2-f101b97f9695.jpg?v=1728897871"},{"product_id":"5x3ft-vertical-outdoor-steel-storage-shed-heavy-duty-utility-tool-house-with-air-vents-and-lockable-doors","title":"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaximize your outdoor storage with this 5x3FT vertical steel shed! Built with heavy-duty galvanized steel and reinforced structure, this weather-resistant utility shed protects lawn tools, bikes, and equipment year-round. Features dual lockable doors for secure access, airflow vents to prevent moisture buildup, and a space-saving vertical design perfect for small patios or garages. Easy to assemble with pre-drilled panels and corrosion-resistant hardware. Say goodbye to cluttered spaces—organize smarter with this durable, low-maintenance storage solution. Shop now for fast shipping and lifetime durability guarantees!\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors.jpg?v=1739178864\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMain Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Suitable for Various Occasions: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe 5 x 3 feet outdoor storage shed can be easily converted into a practical tool room or garbage shed to meet various needs. By using the shed to hide your waste, tools and equipment, you can effectively reduce the clutter in your yard, patio or garden.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors0.jpg?v=1739179140\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weatherproof Sloped Roof: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe cleverly sloping roof of the garden shed not only adds a touch of architectural elegance, but also effectively prevents rust caused by stagnant water. The sloping roof is made of color-coated steel plate, which is waterproof and sun-proof for long-term outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors3.jpg?v=1739179161\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Enhanced Stability and Durability: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe heavy-duty storage room is reinforced with sturdy vertical tubes and external foundations, which enhances the overall strength and stability of the structure. In addition, the protective plastic corners and screw covers are not easy to damage and have a longer service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors06.jpg?v=1739179189\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Excellent Security and Ventilation: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe multi-functional tool room comes with a lockable door (padlock required) to protect the valuables you store inside. In addition, the patio storage room also has 2 vents to promote ventilation and keep the indoor space dry and musty-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors03.jpg?v=1739179216\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Multiple Fixing Options: \u003c\/strong\u003eThanks to the anchor base, the outdoor tool shed can be fixed to the grass with 4 included ground stakes, fixed to the concrete floor with expansion screws (not included), or fixed to the wooden floor with wood screws (not included) for added stability. In addition, 2 pairs of gloves are included to protect against sharp edges during assembly or use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"5x3FT Vertical Outdoor Steel Storage Shed Heavy-duty Utility Tool House with Air Vents and Lockable Doors\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors07.jpg?v=1739179236\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-786919ab=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Metal, Color-coated Sheet Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5' x 3' x 6'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5' x 2.3'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 Cu.ft\/1.9m³\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool Shed Net Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox QTY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Storage Shed,  4 x Ground Stakes,  2 x Pairs of Gloves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Wrench,  1 x Screwdriver,  1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47754237575414,"sku":"GT4368GR","price":186.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/5x3FT_Vertical_Outdoor_Steel_Storage_Shed_Heavy-duty_Utility_Tool_House_with_Air_Vents_and_Lockable_Doors11.jpg?v=1739179413"},{"product_id":"12-x-9-8-x-6-5-ft-outdoor-storage-shed-heavy-duty-galvanized-utility-tool-house-with-lockable-door-and-pitched-roof","title":"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof","description":"\u003cp\u003eStore your tools and outdoor gear securely with this 12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Shed. Featuring a lockable door, pitched roof, and durable construction, it’s perfect for long-lasting outdoor storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof.jpg?v=1739429132\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Reliable Metal Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis outdoor storage shed is made of heavy-duty galvanized metal sheets, which has excellent weather resistance and rust resistance to ensure long-term outdoor use. It adopts a wave shape that resists deformation and can withstand greater pressure from the interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof0.jpg?v=1739429291\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weatherproof Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis all-weather tool shed is equipped with a sloped roof, which can effectively prevent water accumulation and water accumulation, improving the service life and performance in various weather conditions. And there are no gaps to prevent water seepage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof1.jpg?v=1739429311\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Spacious Space and Versatility: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis shed has a generous size of 12 x 9.8 x 6.5 feet (L x W x H) and a large storage capacity of 683.7 cubic feet, providing ample space for gardening tools and equipment. There are also 2 windows to let natural light filter into the shed. This versatile outdoor storage shed is more than just a tool room, it can also be used as a garage room, utility room, and even a pet house.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof6.jpg?v=1739429344\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Sturdy and Stable Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis storage shed is designed with reinforced roof beams and reinforced door structure to provide a stable and secure storage solution for your belongings. In addition, the door adopts a double lock design for added security, including an internal lockable latch and an external safety lock with a key.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof7.jpg?v=1739429384\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Safe Installation Options: \u003c\/strong\u003eIt is recommended to use expansion screws (not included) to fix this shed to concrete, or use wood screws (not included) to fix it to wooden floors. The package includes 2 pairs of gloves to protect your hands during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003cimg style=\"float: none;\" alt=\"12 x 9.8 x 6.5 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Heavy-Duty Galvanized Utility Tool House with Lockable Door and Pitched Roof\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof8.jpg?v=1739429403\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-98c7d090=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 x 9.8 x 6.5 ft (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of the Door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 5.2 ft (L x W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e683.7 Cu.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFootprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117 Sq.Ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e440 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220.5 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox QTY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Shed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x User's Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":47762278711542,"sku":"GT4277GR+","price":589.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/12_x_9.8_x_6.5_FT_Outdoor_Storage_Shed_Heavy-Duty_Galvanized_Utility_Tool_House_with_Lockable_Door_and_Pitched_Roof_9911b792-691c-4994-8ee6-342695ba0695.jpg?v=1739429467"},{"product_id":"10-x-14-ft-outdoor-storage-shed-garden-tool-organizer-heavy-duty-utility-metal-house-with-lockable-door-and-plastic-covers","title":"10 x 14 FT Outdoor Storage Shed Garden Tool Organizer Heavy-duty Utility Metal House with Lockable Door and Plastic Covers","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your outdoor storage with our 10 x 14 FT Outdoor Storage Shed, a heavy-duty utility metal house crafted to serve as an efficient garden tool organizer. This shed is designed to meet the needs of homeowners who value durability and security, featuring a reliable lockable door that keeps your tools and equipment safe from theft and weather damage. Built from premium metal and enhanced with resilient plastic covers, it withstands the elements with ease, ensuring long-term protection for your stored items. With a spacious interior, you have plenty of room to organize everything from garden implements to outdoor recreational gear. This shed not only provides practical storage but also elevates your yard’s overall appearance by maintaining a clean and organized space. Enjoy the convenience of an intelligently designed storage solution that offers both functionality and style, making it a perfect investment for any outdoor enthusiast or homeowner in need of extra secure storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Large Size for Versatile Use: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe 10 x 14-foot large outdoor storage shed has an amazing 668 cubic feet of storage capacity to accommodate everything from pool equipment and gardening tools to bicycles and repair tool kits. In addition to storage, the versatile tool shed can be converted into a cozy retreat for your pets as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Weatherproof Pitched Roof: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe outdoor storage shed features a color-coated metal roof that withstands all weather conditions. In addition, the pitched roof minimizes structural stress and enhances drainage, ensuring long-term use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● High-Strength Windproof Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe exterior tool organizer features a heavy-duty structure for unmatched durability and strength. Inside, the shed is reinforced with 3 beams and a reinforced base to provide extra stability to withstand strong winds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Enhanced Security and Ventilation: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe garden tool shed comes with a lockable door to ensure your belongings are well protected. In addition, 4 vents are included to promote constant air circulation, maintaining a fresher environment and extending the life of your belongings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e● Extra Gifts and Humanized Details: \u003c\/strong\u003eEach heavy-duty storage shed comes with 2 pairs of protective gloves to ensure your hands are safe during assembly. In addition, the corners of the shed roof are equipped with plastic covers to prevent accidental injuries. All screws are equipped with protective covers to ensure a longer service life for the hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-16669b4c=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Metal, Color-coated Metal Sheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14' x 10' x 6.5'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEntrance Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2' x 4'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e668 Cu.ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e247 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox QTY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Tool Shed,  2 x Pairs of Gloves,  1 x User’s Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47856223748342,"sku":"GT4433GR+","price":688.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/outdoor_storage_shed_with_improved_windproof_metal_structure-1.jpg?v=1741857842"},{"product_id":"package-delivery-box-for-outside-with-lockable-doors-coded-lock","title":"Package Delivery Storage Box for Outside with Lockable Doors Coded Lock","description":"\u003ch2 data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"con\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e• Large storage capacity with separate mail and package compartments\u003cbr\u003e• Convenient mail slot for envelopes and small documents delivery\u003cbr\u003e• Heavy-duty galvanized steel ensures long-lasting outdoor durability\u003cbr\u003e• Double lock protection guards against theft and unauthorized access\u003cbr\u003e• Shock-absorbing cushion protects delicate parcels\u003cbr\u003e• Easy installation with pre-drilled holes and mounting hardware included\u003cbr\u003e• Flexible back mounting and bottom mounting options\u003cbr\u003e• Ideal for multiple settings like porch, yard, curbside, or office\u003cbr\u003e• Assembly required\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"con\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"con\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Compartment Organization:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Our package delivery box integrates a mail slot with a separate large parcel storage compartment to keep letters and deliveries neatly sorted. The spacious interior fits small to medium packages with ease, supporting dependable daily drop-offs for homes or offices.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDouble Lock Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e The package drop box is equipped with a coded lock for secure mail access. Moreover, the parcel compartment includes a lock with 2 keys, keeping your packages safe from theft or unauthorized entry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGalvanized Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Built from heavy-duty galvanized steel, this parcel delivery box is water-resistant, sun-protective, and rustproof. It ensures reliable strength and long-lasting durability even in harsh outdoor environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile and Stable Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e With pre-drilled holes and included mounting hardware, the outdoor parcel drop box can be anchored to floors or walls. It provides stability for various settings such as porches, yards, curbside, or offices.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProtective Cushioning and Easy Retrieval:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e A shock-absorbing cushion within this large lockable parcel mailbox absorbs impact to protect contents. Additionally, a cut-out handle on the door ensures effortless parcel retrieval.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel, PVC, Zinc Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5\" x 16.5\" x 43.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of Mail Slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5\" x 0.8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Size of Upper Compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\" x 15\" x 15\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Size of Lower Compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\" x 15\" x 25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Each Compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Package Delivery Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Shock Absorbing Cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x Keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50049063354614,"sku":"NP13222DK","price":166.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Package_Delivery_Box_1771987000536359_517550.jpg?v=1772009292"},{"product_id":"package-delivery-box-for-outside-with-anti-theft-baffle-sloped-roof","title":"Package Delivery Storage Box for Outside with Anti-Theft Baffle Sloped Roof","description":"\u003ch2 data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"con\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e• Quality galvanized steel with powder-coated finish for long-lasting durability\u003cbr\u003e• Superior rainproof construction with sloped roof and drip edge\u003cbr\u003e• Anti-theft baffle blocks attempts to fish out your parcels through delivery slot\u003cbr\u003e• Coded lock on pickup door ensures secure, keyless package retrieval\u003cbr\u003e• Easy and secure setup with pre-drilled holes for wall and floor anchoring\u003cbr\u003e• Shock absorbing cushion reduces impact to protect your packages\u003cbr\u003e• Noise reduction design on the door prevents loud sounds when closing\u003cbr\u003e• Convenient cut-out handle for easy package delivery\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for porch, yard, or curbside package delivery use\u003cbr\u003e• Assembly required\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"con\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"con\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Anti-Theft Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e This package delivery box features an internal anti-theft baffle that effectively blocks fishing attempts through the delivery slot. A coded lock further secures your packages, offering keyless and highly reliable retrieval for worry-free outdoor deliveries.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWaterproof Galvanized Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Crafted from sturdy galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish, the outdoor parcel drop box is rustproof, anti-deformation, water-resistant and sun-protective, ensuring lasting durability. Moreover, the sloped roof and drip edge offer exceptional rainproof protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenerous Storage Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Designed to accommodate large packages, letters, and magazines, this parcel delivery box offers a roomy pickup compartment measuring 12\" x 11\" x 18\" (W x D x H). The generous interior size makes it an ideal solution for handling multiple deliveries of various shapes and sizes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy and Stable Installation Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Equipped with pre-drilled mounting holes on back and bottom for wall and floor anchoring, this package drop box ensures a stable setup wherever needed. Its versatile design allows installation on porches, yards, curbside areas, or offices, offering flexible placement options.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThoughtful Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e The pickup compartment includes a shock-absorbing cushion that minimizes impact, protecting packages from dents and damage. Additionally, this parcel delivery box features a noise reduction design on the door for quiet operation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel, PVC, Zinc Alloy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14\" x 12\" x 43.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize of Pickup Compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\" x 11\" x 18\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Package Delivery Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Shock Absorbing Cushion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50049063420150,"sku":"NP13223DK","price":156.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Package_Delivery_Box_1771987604474148_981105.jpg?v=1772009293"},{"product_id":"package-delivery-box-with-anti-theft-board-and-lockable-door","title":"Package Delivery Storage Box with Anti-Theft Board and Lockable Door","description":"\u003ch2 data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003eOverview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\" class=\"con\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• 2-in-1 package delivery box for mail and parcel organization\u003cbr\u003e• Lockable front door for secure package retrieval\u003cbr\u003e• Internal anti-theft board to block fishing attempts\u003cbr\u003e• Galvanized steel construction for enhanced sturdiness\u003cbr\u003e• Powder-coated finish ensures excellent durability for outdoor use\u003cbr\u003e• Interior cushioning pad to reduce impact damage to packages\u003cbr\u003e• Spacious interior for daily mail and parcel storage\u003cbr\u003e• Smooth surface is easy to wipe clean\u003cbr\u003e• Anchoring metal cable with combination lock for anti-theft use\u003cbr\u003e• Ground-mountable base for stable outside installation\u003cbr\u003e• Protective foot pads to prevent water accumulation\u003cbr\u003e• Designed for porch, curbside, and residential use\u003cbr\u003e• Assembly needed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• 2-in-1 Mailbox and Package Storage:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis delivery box combines a dedicated mailbox with a spacious parcel compartment, offering ample storage for your mails, magazines, and packages. It’s the all-in-one solution that keeps deliveries secure and organized at your doorstep, helping you manage your items with ease.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Galvanized Steel Construction:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBuilt from galvanized steel with a powder-coated finish, this outdoor mailbox offers reliable strength, wear resistance, and long-term durability. Plus, it is water-resistant and sun-protective, built to withstand a variety of outdoor conditions while maintaining a clean and modern look.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Anti-Theft Protection:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned as a lockable package delivery box, it includes a secure locking door combined with an internal anti-theft board, and a reinforced metal cable with combination lock to anchor the unit in place. It helps deter theft attempts and keeps your deliveries exactly where they belong.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• More Thoughtful Details:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Inside the package drop box, a built-in removable cushioning pad helps absorb impact when parcels are delivered, making it safer for electronics, household goods, and personal packages. Moreover, the convenient handle ensures smooth and easy operation for daily access to your deliveries.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Stable Outdoor Installation:\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis lockable mailbox is equipped with protective foot pads and a bolt-down base for ground anchoring. Designed for outdoor placement, it stays stable on porches, yards, or curbside locations for long-term use. Product dimensions: 17.5” x 17.5” x 34” (L x W x H).\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/assets.costway.com\/media\/catalog\/product\/\/p\/a\/Package_Delivery_Box_1771985759770208_892438.jpeg\" alt=\"Product Dimensions\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\" data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cspan role=\"img\" aria-label=\"right\" class=\"anticon anticon-right ant-collapse-arrow\"\u003e\u003csvg class=\"\" data-icon=\"right\" width=\"1em\" height=\"1em\" fill=\"currentColor\" aria-hidden=\"true\" viewbox=\"64 64 896 896\"\u003e\u003cpath d=\"M765.7 486.8L314.9 134.7A7.97 7.97 0 00302 141v77.3c0 4.9 2.3 9.6 6.1 12.6l360 281.1-360 281.1c-3.9 3-6.1 7.7-6.1 12.6V883c0 6.7 7.7 10.4 12.9 6.3l450.8-352.1a31.96 31.96 0 000-50.4z\"\u003e\u003c\/path\u003e\u003c\/svg\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal, PVC, ABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.5” x 17.5” x 34” (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Package Delivery Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Wire Rope\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Pair of Gloves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x Keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":50049063485686,"sku":"NP13225DK","price":146.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Package_Delivery_Box_1771985758086307_706369.jpg?v=1772009295"},{"product_id":"outdoor-metal-garbage-bin-storage-shed-for-2-trash-cans","title":"52” x 32” x 46” Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin 2 Trash Cans Storage Shed with Lockable Front Doors for Garden, Backyard, Lawn","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 52” × 32” × 46” outdoor metal garbage bin is designed to solve one simple problem: tidy, secure storage for two standard trash cans. Built from heavy-gauge, weather-resistant metal with a rust-inhibiting finish, the unit keeps bins out of sight and protected from rain, wind and animals. Double front doors open wide for effortless bin placement and removal, while a locking latch provides theft and tampering protection — useful in shared yards or high-traffic neighborhoods. Thoughtful ventilation slots help prevent odors from building up, and an elevated base avoids direct ground contact to reduce corrosion and water damage. Assembly is straightforward with included hardware and illustrated instructions; the compact footprint fits discrete corners of a patio, driveway or garden. Whether your priority is curb appeal, sanitary waste storage, or keeping critters at bay, this dual-can metal shed balances durability and design. It’s a practical upgrade for homeowners who want a neat, secure, low-maintenance solution for outdoor waste management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075108491548_721981.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Robust and Durable Metal Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eConstructed from galvanized steel sheet and reinforced metal tubing, this outdoor trash can shed boasts superior resistance to deformation, scratches, and everyday outdoor wear and tear. It effectively protects your trash can from sun, rain, and animals while keeping the exterior clean and tidy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075113584185_887798.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Spacious Dual-Bin Capacity: \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned with a metal shell that accommodates two trash cans, this shed cleverly conceals household or commercial trash cans and offers convenient waste sorting through its compartmentalized layout. Measuring 52 inches x 32 inches x 46 inches, this shed holds 32-gallon and 64-gallon trash cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075115092761_818679.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Double-Lid Design for Easy Access: \u003c\/strong\u003eEquipped with a high-quality gas spring and shock absorbers, the double-lid design allows for easy opening and soft-close. The soft-close design reduces noise and sudden drops, making daily trash disposal more convenient and safer for frequent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075114213320_941478.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Lockable for Convenience:\u003c\/strong\u003e Both front doors of this outdoor trash can shed feature key lock handles for effective protection of the contents. In addition, it comes equipped with practical rope hooks, allowing you to open both trash can lids simultaneously by simply lifting the top cover, making trash disposal quick and easy without lifting a finger.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075110837260_221992.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Multifunctional and Flexible: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis multifunctional metal storage cabinet can not only serve as a trash can storage area, but also as a pet house, tool shed, or equipment shed. Furthermore, it can be cleverly integrated into garages, gardens, patios, or terraces, accommodating both indoor and outdoor functional layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075112712933_767090.jpg?v=1772524530\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" style=\"float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/assets.costway.com\/media\/catalog\/product\/\/o\/u\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075110837260_221992.jpeg\" alt=\"Outdoor Metal Garbage Bin Storage Shed for 2 Trash Cans\" data-v-35c42440=\"\" style=\"margin-bottom: 16px; float: none;\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\" style=\"text-align: start;\"\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey \u0026amp; Yellow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52” x 32” x 46” (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Bin Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32-64 gal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Trash Can Shed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x Keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Yellow","offer_id":50068616085750,"sku":"GT4643YW+","price":342.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1772075109285040_158166.jpg?v=1772524530"},{"product_id":"outdoor-metal-garbage-bin-storage-shed-for-2-trash-cans-double-trash-can-enclosure","title":"52\" x 32\" x 46\" Outdoor Metal Storage Shed Garbage Trash Can Enclosure with Lockable Front Doors and Hooks","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 52\" × 32\" × 46\" outdoor metal storage shed is designed to keep your yard tidy while protecting trash cans and small garden tools. The roomy interior easily accommodates two standard curbside bins, and the lockable front doors provide security against theft, tampering, and animals. Built-in hooks mounted on the inner walls create convenient storage for brooms, scoops, or trash grabbers so everything you need for waste management is in one place. Constructed from powder-coated steel with a rust-resistant finish, the cabinet stands up to rain, sun and seasonal wear while maintaining a neat appearance. Ventilation slots reduce moisture buildup and help control odors, while a slightly sloped roof encourages water runoff. Installation is straightforward with included hardware and instructions, and the compact rectangular footprint fits neatly beside garages, fences or decks. For homeowners who value organization, security and curb appeal, this dual-can metal enclosure offers a practical, low-maintenance solution that improves outdoor cleanliness and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth-Opening Dual Lids:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e This metal garbage bin storage shed features 2 flip-top lids supported by gas struts and shock absorbers, allowing effortless lifting and gentle closing. The controlled motion minimizes noise and impact, making daily trash disposal safer and more comfortable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Dual-Bin Storage Layout:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Engineered to house 2 trash cans, this metal storage shed keeps both household and commercial bins out of sight while enabling efficient waste sorting with its divided setup. With generous internal space, it fits 32 gallon and 64 gallon trash bins, keeping your space neat and clutter-free.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy Metal Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e Crafted from metal panels, this garbage bin enclosure ensures outstanding sturdiness and durability, and is resistant to warping and scratches. It also offers reliable protection for your trash cans from sunlight, rain, and small animals, ensuring the exterior remains clean and well-maintained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Lockable Front Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e The trash can shed includes 2 front-opening doors with a lockable handle with keys, keeping stored bins safely enclosed. Integrated rope hooks connect the lids, allowing the trash can lids to open together for quick and hands-free waste disposal.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003e• \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Storage for Multiple Uses:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e More than a metal trash bin shelter, this versatile garbage storage shed can also function as a pet home, storage tool shed, or equipment storage unit. Its adaptable design fits seamlessly into garages, gardens, patios, and yards for organized storage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\u003cimg data-v-35c42440=\"\" alt=\"Product Dimensions\" src=\"https:\/\/assets.costway.com\/media\/catalog\/product\/\/o\/u\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1769151849461316_293238.jpg\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv aria-expanded=\"true\" role=\"button\" class=\"ant-collapse-header\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\" x 32\" x 46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox QTY\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":50068617036022,"sku":"GT4645GR+","price":322.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Metal_Garbag_1769151842835249_808959.jpg?v=1772789393"},{"product_id":"outdoor-trash-can-storage-shed-for-2-bins-with-gas-struts","title":"44 Cu.Ft Outdoor Trash Can Storage Shed Garbage Storage Cabinet with Lockable Front Doors and Gas Struts","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"1296\" data-end=\"2358\"\u003eThis 44 Cu.Ft outdoor trash can storage shed is designed for homeowners who want a secure, low-maintenance way to conceal curbside bins and keep outdoor spaces tidy. The roomy interior holds two large curbside cans or a mix of trash and recycling containers, while the lockable front doors deter theft, vandalism and animal access. Gas struts on each door provide smooth, controlled opening and closing for one-handed convenience — no more heavy doors slamming shut or struggling while handling bins. Constructed from powder-coated, weather-resistant materials, the cabinet resists rust and fading through seasonal exposure. Thoughtful vents allow airflow to limit moisture and odors, and an elevated base prevents water from pooling around the cans. Installation is straightforward with included hardware and illustrated instructions; once in place the unit becomes a discreet, durable element of your landscape. Ideal for patios, driveways and side yards, this storage shed blends function with curb appeal to make everyday waste management neater and simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1296\" data-end=\"2358\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"1296\" data-end=\"2358\" style=\"text-align: center;\"\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Large Dual-Bin Storage Space:\u003c\/strong\u003e This metal enclosure is designed to store two trash cans side-by-side, providing a separate layout that helps with organized waste sorting. Measuring 52 inches x 32 inches x 49.5 inches, this trash can locker easily accommodates 32-gallon and 64-gallon household trash cans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Smooth Lifting and Smooth Closing Operation: \u003c\/strong\u003eFeaturing a high-quality gas spring and shock absorbers, this trash can locker's double-layered lid opens easily and closes gently. This design effectively reduces impact and noise, improving safety and convenience for daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Reliable Metal Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis trash can locker features a robust metal frame that resists warping, rust, scratches, and everyday outdoor exposure. The sloping roof effectively prevents water accumulation on top. Furthermore, it not only protects your trash cans from sun and rain but also helps maintain a neat and organized outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Secure Locking and Easy Access: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis outdoor trash can storage cabinet features key-lockable handles on the front double doors to help protect the items inside. Additionally, a rope connects the top cover and the trash can lid, allowing you to open both lids simultaneously. A quick and convenient way to dispose of trash.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e• Versatile Storage Solution: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis metal canopy features a grille panel design for excellent ventilation and a unique appearance. It not only serves as a trash can storage area but also as a tool cabinet or equipment cabinet, easily integrating into various environments such as garages, gardens, patios, or terraces, achieving flexible storage organization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-35c42440=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52” x 32” x 49.5” (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 CU FT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Bin Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32-64 gal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Trash Can Shed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x Keys\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Gray","offer_id":50068618019062,"sku":"GT4642GR+","price":342.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_Trash_Can_St_1772075917926058_373720.jpg?v=1772524535"},{"product_id":"bike-storage-shed-tent-with-pu4000mm-waterproof-210d-oxford-fabric-for-5-bikes","title":"Bike Storage Shed Tent with PU4000MM Waterproof 210D Oxford Fabric for 5 Bikes","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Feature\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"key_features\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLarge Storage Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis bike storage shed tent measures 7.2 x 5.1 x 6 ft (L x W x H), provides enough space to store up to 5 bikes or 3 motorcycles, while also perfectly accommodating camping gear, gardening tools, lawn mowers, and more. This tent keeps your equipment organized and protected in one convenient location.\u003cbr\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll-Weather Protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis bike cover shelter is sun-protective, rainproof, windproof, snowproof, dust-proof, while keeping \"unwanted guests\" away, offering reliable protection. It allows worry-free outdoor storage, but please avoid using it during extreme weather conditions to ensure safety and longevity.\u003cbr\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium Material for Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis bicycle storage shed is constructed of 210D premium Oxford fabric with silver and PU coatings, giving you UPF50+ sun protection and a PU4000 MM waterproof rating. Highly abrasion- and tear-resistant, it delivers long-lasting performance.\u003cbr\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable \u0026amp; Reliable Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThe frame of this bike tent is constructed of high-strength fiberglass rods, paired with 10 metal ground stakes and 8 wind ropes to secure each corner. This robust design ensures the tent remains firmly in place to protect your stored items at all times.\u003cbr\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable \u0026amp; Portable Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eFeaturing a simple structure, the bicycle tent is quick and hassle-free to set up or take down, with no tools required. And it comes with a compact carrying bag for easy transportation, ideal for family needs or outdoor enthusiasts.\u003cbr\u003e•\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExcellent Ventilation \u0026amp; Easy Access:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThis bike shelter is equipped with a double-layer mesh window to promote airflow, keeping the interior dry. Double-sided zippers allow for smooth entry and secure closure, while a built-in storage pocket provides a handy spot for small tools and accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout this item\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"about-this-item-content\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e• Extra-large interior holds up to 5 bikes or 3 motorcycles\u003cbr\u003e• Keep your outdoor space organized and tidy\u003cbr\u003e• All-weather protection blocks sun, rain, wind, dust, and snow\u003cbr\u003e• Crafted of premium 210D Oxford fabric with PU and silver coatings\u003cbr\u003e• Offer UPF50+ sun protection and a PU4000 MM waterproof rating\u003cbr\u003e• Wear resistance and tear resistance, ensure long-lasting use\u003cbr\u003e• High-strength fiberglass frame for reliable support\u003cbr\u003e• Securely anchors with 10 metal stakes and 8 wind ropes\u003cbr\u003e• Quick and easy setup and takedown\u003cbr\u003e• Portable carrying bag for convenient transport\u003cbr\u003e• Versatile for storing bikes, motorcycles, garden tools, and camping gear\u003cbr\u003e• Double-layer mesh window enhances airflow\u003cbr\u003e• Double-sided zippers for easy access\u003cbr\u003e• Interior storage pocket for tools and accessories\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"about-this-item-content\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"about-this-item-content\"\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/assets.costway.com\/media\/catalog\/product\/\/b\/i\/Bike_Storage_Shed_Te_1773045102798864_406970.jpg\" alt=\"Product Dimensions\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\" data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-0d54d48a=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e210D Oxford Fabric, Fiberglass Rods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86.5\" x 59\" x 73\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66\" x 63\" (L x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarrying Bag Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5\" x 6\" x 6\" (L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Bike Storage Shed Tent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Carrying Bag, 2 x Bike Tent Poles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 x Horizontal Poles, 8 x Wind Ropes \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 x Ground Stakes, 1 x User's Manual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50719902892278,"sku":"NP12826","price":79.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Bike_Storage_Shed_Te_1773045099594681_450125.jpg?v=1779267403"},{"product_id":"outdoor-pe-wicker-storage-cabinet-with-3-doors-and-adjustable-shelves-and-drawer","title":"Outdoor PE Wicker Storage Cabinet with 3 Doors and Adjustable Shelves and Drawer","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMain Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal Storage Flexibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis outdoor storage space features 2 adjustable and removable shelves, allowing you to create the perfect interior layout for pool equipment, grill tools or dinnerware.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e More Storage Space: \u003c\/strong\u003eFeaturing a wide countertop with protective baffles, this patio storage cabinet provides ample space to prepare drinks while preventing items from falling off. Plus, the drawer keeps your essentials tucked away yet accessible.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Hand-woven Elegance:\u003c\/strong\u003e The high-quality PE rattan of this outdoor furniture with storage is hand-woven not only for elegant appearance but also includes sun-protective features to ensure durability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Sturdy Structure: \u003c\/strong\u003eConstructed by a heavy-duty metal frame, this outside buffet cabinet offers stable and reliable support for daily use. Additionally, the adjustable foot pads are included to handle uneven outdoor surfaces for extra stability.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Wide Application: \u003c\/strong\u003eWhether you place it poolside for towels, on the deck as a buffet console, or in the garden as a patio storage cabinet, this versatile outdoor wicker cabinet with storage fits different settings. Please avoid rain exposure for prolonged service life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active\" data-v-0fb6d016=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-header\" role=\"button\" aria-expanded=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAbout this item\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"about-this-item-content\" data-v-0fb6d016=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e• Provide customizable storage solutions with 2 adjustable and removable shelves\u003cbr\u003e• A wide countertop with protective baffles adds functionality  \u003cbr\u003e• The practical drawer keeps essentials accessible \u003cbr\u003e• Ensure visual appeal and long-lasting use with sun-protective PE rattan\u003cbr\u003e• Sturdy metal frame for stable and reliable support\u003cbr\u003e• Maintain balance on uneven surfaces with adjustable foot pads\u003cbr\u003e• The magnetic door latches  prevent doors from accidental opening\u003cbr\u003e• Convenient handles for well-made details\u003cbr\u003e• Suitable for patio, deck, garden, backyard and poolside\u003cbr\u003e• Please avoid rain exposure for prolonged service life\u003cbr\u003e• Assembly needed\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-item ant-collapse-item-active specifications-wrap\" data-v-0fb6d016=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content ant-collapse-content-active\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ant-collapse-content-box\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-v-0fb6d016=\"\"\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eColor of Rattan\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMix Brown\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE Rattan, Metal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39” x 15” x 37”(L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInner Dimensions of Drawer \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13” x 10” x 6”(L x W x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Countertop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Each Shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity of Drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Qty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1(May vary by batch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIs Assembly Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackage Includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Outdoor Storage Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e \u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x Instruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Chairliving","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50744786944246,"sku":"HW76154BN","price":159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/6367\/1542\/files\/Outdoor_PE_Wicker_St_1780021798514344_225168.jpg?v=1780390956"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.chairliving.com\/collections\/outdoor-storage.oembed?page=2","provider":"Chairliving","version":"1.0","type":"link"}